WO2019158099A1 - 随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备 - Google Patents

随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019158099A1
WO2019158099A1 PCT/CN2019/075023 CN2019075023W WO2019158099A1 WO 2019158099 A1 WO2019158099 A1 WO 2019158099A1 CN 2019075023 W CN2019075023 W CN 2019075023W WO 2019158099 A1 WO2019158099 A1 WO 2019158099A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time domain
time
ros
domain resource
indication information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/075023
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘建琴
高翔
周永行
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP19754527.0A priority Critical patent/EP3742848A4/en
Priority to KR1020207025867A priority patent/KR102519984B1/ko
Priority to CA3091093A priority patent/CA3091093A1/en
Publication of WO2019158099A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019158099A1/zh
Priority to US16/992,399 priority patent/US11546944B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H04W74/0841—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access with collision treatment
    • H04W74/085—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access with collision treatment collision avoidance
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/002—Transmission of channel access control information
    • H04W74/006—Transmission of channel access control information in the downlink, i.e. towards the terminal
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method and a communication device for configuring a random access resource.
  • a 5th Generation (5G) communication system such as a New Radio (NR) defines a Synchronous Signal/Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH) block (SSB).
  • PBCH Synchronous Signal/Physical Broadcast Channel
  • SSB Synchronous Signal/Physical Broadcast Channel
  • One SSB occupies four orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, wherein the SSB includes a new radio-primary synchronization signal (NPSS) and a new radio-secondary synchronization signal (New radio-secondary synchronization).
  • NPSS new radio-primary synchronization signal
  • New radio-secondary synchronization New radio-secondary synchronization
  • Signal NR-SSS
  • NR-PBCH New radio-physical broadcast channel
  • the terminal device To access the network, the terminal device needs to perform cell search and acquire cell system information. For example, the terminal device may obtain downlink synchronization with the cell by searching for the above SSB. After that, the terminal device needs to acquire system information of the cell, establish a connection with the cell through a random access procedure, and obtain uplink synchronization. Specifically, the terminal device may initiate random access by sending a random access preamble (preamble) on a resource of a physical random access occasion (RO) configured by the network device.
  • preamble random access preamble
  • RO physical random access occasion
  • the configuration of the physical random access channel (PRACH) in the frequency division duplex (FDD) system below 6 GHz and the time division duplex (time) are specified in the existing protocol.
  • Division duplex, TDD The PRACH configuration of the Preamble long sequence in the 6 GHz band. Since the configuration of the SSB and the remaining minimum system information (RMSI) corresponding to different frequency bands or different systems is greatly different, the parameter design in the above-mentioned configuration of the frequency band below 6 GHz cannot be directly applied to other frequency bands or The PRACH configuration in other systems may cause the number of ROs that are valid in the PRACH configuration period to be small, and reduce the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • RMSI remaining minimum system information
  • the present application provides a method and a communication device for configuring a random access resource, which can improve the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • a method for communication includes: receiving, by a terminal device, index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index; and determining, by the terminal device, the First configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO, where the first configuration information is based on a time domain of the control channel resource set Information is determined.
  • the RO resource and the downlink resource eg, SSB and/or RMSI CORESET
  • the probability of collision increases the number of ROs that are valid during the PRACH configuration period, which can improve the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • a method for communication including: a network device generating index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index; and the network device sends the index indication information to a terminal device, where The index indication information is used by the terminal device to determine first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index according to the first configuration index, where the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one random access preamble opportunity RO
  • the time domain resource, the first configuration information is determined according to time domain resources of the common signal block and/or time domain information of the control channel resource set.
  • the RO resource and the downlink resource eg, SSB and/or RMSI CORESET
  • the probability of collision increases the number of ROs that are valid during the PRACH configuration period, which can improve the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Second indication information for indicating at least one second time unit of the first time unit
  • Third indication information indicating a number of third time units included in each of the at least one second time unit
  • the random access configuration period is greater than a preset duration threshold
  • time domain information of the control channel resource set includes the control channel resource a time domain offset of the set of control channels, the time domain offset of the set of control channel resources representing a starting time domain location of the control channel resource set associated with the first common signal block in the common signal block detection window And a duration between the start positions of the system frames in which the control channel resource set is located; the first indication information used to indicate the first time unit is determined according to a time domain offset of the control channel resource set.
  • the first indication when the time domain offset of the control channel resource set is greater than or equal to a preset offset threshold, the first indication The sequence number corresponding to the location of the first time unit in the random access configuration period is an even number; or the time domain offset of the control channel resource set is less than the preset offset threshold The sequence number corresponding to the location of the first time unit indicated by the first indication information in the random access configuration period is an odd number.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines the location of the first time unit (ie, the system frame) to which the time domain resource of the RO belongs according to the size of the time domain offset of the control channel resource set, and can avoid the conflict with the control channel resource to the maximum extent. Increase the effective number of ROs and improve the efficiency of random access.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is based on a time domain location of the common signal block definite.
  • the at least one second time unit indicated by the second indication information is located in the first time unit except the common signal The time domain location outside the block's optional time domain location.
  • the collision with the time domain position of the common signal block can be avoided to the utmost, and the effective number of the RO is improved. Improve random access efficiency.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is an optional time according to the common signal block The domain location and/or the index of the first time unit is determined.
  • the at least one second time unit includes a first group of second time units and a second group of second time units, the first The second time unit of the group is located in a time domain position other than the optional time domain position of the common signal block in the first half time domain portion of the first time unit; the second group of second time units is located in the a time domain location other than an optional time domain location of the common signal block in a second half of the time unit; the at least one random access preamble when the index of the first time unit is an even number
  • the time domain resource of the timing RO belongs to the first group of second time units indicated by the second indication information; or, when the index of the first time unit is an odd number, the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO
  • the time domain resource belongs to the second group of second time units indicated by the second indication information.
  • the preset offset threshold is one of 2, 2.5, 5, 7, and 7.5.
  • the time domain information of the control channel resource set includes a time domain location of the control channel resource set in the third time unit.
  • the fifth indication information used to indicate the start time domain location of the RO in the third time unit is determined according to the time domain location of the control channel resource set in the third time unit, where The initial time domain location of the RO in the third time unit is located after a time domain location of a preset one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit; or the first indication indicated by the fifth indication information
  • the starting time domain position of the RO in the three time unit is the starting time domain position of the third time unit or the preset time domain position in the third time unit.
  • the initial time domain position of the RO indicates that the RO occupies the first one of the at least one fourth time unit in the third time unit
  • the value of the sequence number of the fourth time unit corresponding to the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit is one of the following three: the third time unit a time domain length of the control channel resource set; a time domain length of the control channel resource set in the third time unit; and a start of the control channel resource set in the third time unit The sum of the sequence number of the fourth time unit and the time domain length of the control channel resource set.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines the location of the time domain resource of the RO according to the time domain location of the control channel resource set, and can avoid conflicts with the control channel resources to the greatest extent, improve the effective number of ROs, and improve the random access efficiency.
  • the fourth indication information used to indicate the number of ROs in the third time unit is according to the RO in the third time unit The starting time domain location and the length of the time domain resource occupied by the preamble sequence are determined.
  • the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information is less than or equal to a start from the RO The ratio of the time domain resource length between the time domain location to the end time domain location of the third time unit to the time domain resource length occupied by the preamble sequence.
  • the first time unit is a system frame
  • the second time unit is a subframe or 0.25 ms
  • the third time unit is For the time slot.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sending a preamble sequence on a time domain resource of the at least one RO configured by the first configuration information.
  • the RO resource and the downlink resource eg, SSB and/or RMSI CORESET
  • the probability of collision increases the number of ROs that are valid during the PRACH configuration period, which can improve the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device does not transmit the preamble sequence on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the terminal device receives the common signal block on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the time domain resources of the one or more of the time domain resources of the at least one RO are located on the non-uplink resources of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration, where the method Also includes:
  • the terminal device sends a preamble sequence on a time domain resource of the at least one RO configured by the first configuration information.
  • the embodiment of the present application can improve the success rate of random access by transmitting the preamble sequence when the time domain resource resource of the selected set of ROs does not match the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the time domain resource of the one or more ROs of the at least one RO time domain resource and the time domain resource of the common signal block or the control channel The time domain resource conflict of the resource set, the method further includes:
  • the network device does not receive the preamble sequence on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the network device when the network device sends the common signal block on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set A domain resource or a time domain resource of the set of control channel resources.
  • the time domain resource of the one or more of the time domain resources of the at least one RO is located on the non-uplink resource of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration, where the method Also includes:
  • the network device receives a preamble sequence sent by the terminal device on a time domain resource of the at least one RO configured by the first configuration information.
  • the network device does not receive other uplink/downlink signals sent by the terminal device except the preamble sequence sent by the determined time domain resource of the group of ROs.
  • a third aspect of the present invention provides a method for communication, including: receiving, by a terminal device, index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index; and determining, by the terminal device, the first Configuring a first configuration information corresponding to the index, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a time domain resource of the first group of random access preamble opportunities RO or a time domain resource of the second group of ROs, where the first group of ROs
  • the time domain resource and the time domain resource of the second group of ROs are located in a first time unit in the random access configuration period, and the time domain resource of the first group of ROs or the time domain resource of the second group of ROs is according to the control Determining a time domain offset of the channel resource set and/or an index of the first time unit; the terminal device determines a time domain resource of the set of ROs, and the time domain resource of the set of ROs is the first group of ROs Time domain resources or time domain resources of the second set of ROs.
  • the fourth aspect provides a method for communication, including: generating, by the network device, index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index; and the network device sends index indication information to the terminal device, where the index indication Determining, by the terminal device, the first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index according to the first configuration index, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a time domain resource of the first group of random access preamble opportunities RO Or a time domain resource of the second group of ROs, so that the terminal device determines a time domain resource of the group of ROs, and the time domain resource of the group of ROs is a time domain resource of the first group of ROs or a second group of ROs Time domain resources.
  • the time domain resource of the first group of ROs and the time domain resource of the second group of ROs are located in a first time unit in a random access configuration period, and the time domain resources of the first group of ROs or the second group of ROs
  • the time domain resource is determined according to the time domain offset of the control channel resource set and/or the index of the first time unit.
  • the network device may first determine the time domain resource of the common signal block and/or the time domain information of the control channel resource set, and then the network device may according to the time domain resource of the common signal block and/or the time domain of the control channel resource set.
  • the information determines the time domain resource of the RO (that is, the configuration information corresponding to the time domain resource of the RO).
  • the network device may determine a configuration index corresponding to the time domain resource of the RO according to the one-to-one correspondence between the pre-stored multiple configuration indexes and the multiple sets of configuration information.
  • the network device configures the first configuration index to the terminal device by using index indication information.
  • the terminal device may determine the first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index from the one-to-one correspondence between the pre-stored multiple configuration indexes and the multiple configuration information according to the first configuration index, and the terminal device may be configured according to the first configuration.
  • the information determines the time domain resources of the two sets of ROs, and selects one of the time domain resources of the two sets of ROs.
  • the RO resource and the downlink resource eg, SSB and/or can be reduced. Or the probability of collision with the RMSI CORESET), which increases the number of ROs that are valid during the PRACH configuration period, and can improve the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following information: used to indicate a first time in the random access configuration period a first indication information of the unit, configured to indicate second indication information of the at least one second time unit of the first time unit, where the at least one second time unit comprises a first group of second time units and a second group a second time unit, wherein the time domain resource of the first group of ROs belongs to the first group of second time units, and the time domain resources of the second group of ROs belong to the second group of second time units, And third indication information indicating a number of third time units included in each of the first group of second time units and the second group of second time units, for indicating the third time Fourth indication information of the number of ROs in the unit, and fifth indication information for indicating a start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit.
  • the random access configuration period is greater than a preset duration threshold, and a time domain offset of the control channel resource set indicates the public The length of time between the start time domain position of the control channel resource set associated with the first common signal block in the signal block detection window and the start position of the system frame in which the control channel resource set is located;
  • the first indication information used to indicate the first time unit is determined according to a time domain offset of the control channel resource set.
  • the first indication when the time domain offset of the control channel resource set is greater than or equal to a preset offset threshold, the first indication The sequence number of the first time unit indicated by the information in the random access configuration period corresponds to an even number; or
  • the location of the first time unit indicated by the first indication information in the random access configuration period corresponds to The serial number is odd.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is based on a time domain location of the common signal block definite.
  • the at least one second time unit indicated by the second indication information is located in the first time unit except the common signal The time domain location outside the block's optional time domain location.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is an optional time according to the common signal block The domain location and/or the index of the first time unit is determined.
  • the first group of second time units are located in a first half time domain portion of the first time unit except the common signal block Optional time domain location outside the time domain location;
  • the second group of second time units is located in a time domain position of the second half time domain portion of the first time unit except for an optional time domain position of the common signal block;
  • the terminal device determines a time domain resource of a group of ROs, including:
  • a time domain resource of the group of ROs according to an index of the first time unit, where when the index of the first time unit is an even number, the time of determining a group of ROs by the terminal device
  • the domain resource is the time domain resource of the first group of ROs; or when the index of the first time unit is an odd number, when the time domain resource of the group of ROs determined by the terminal device is the second group of ROs Domain resource.
  • the preset offset threshold is one of 2, 2.5, 5, 7, and 7.5.
  • the fifth indication information used to indicate a start time domain location of an RO in the third time unit is according to the The time domain location of the control channel resource set in the third time unit is determined, wherein a start time domain location of the RO in the third time unit is located in a preset one of the control channel resources in the third time unit After the time domain position of the set; or, the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the fifth indication information is the start time domain position of the third time unit or the third The default time domain location in the time unit.
  • the initial time domain position of the RO indicates that the RO occupies the first one of the at least one fourth time unit in the third time unit
  • the sequence number of the fourth time unit corresponding to the start time domain location of the RO in the third time unit is one of the following three:
  • the fourth indication information used to indicate the number of ROs in the third time unit is according to the RO in the third time unit.
  • the starting time domain location and the length of the time domain resource occupied by the preamble sequence are determined.
  • the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information is less than or equal to a start from the RO The ratio of the time domain resource length between the time domain location to the end time domain location of the third time unit to the time domain resource length occupied by the preamble sequence.
  • the first time unit is a system frame
  • the second time unit is a subframe or 0.25 ms
  • the third time unit is For the time slot.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device transmits a preamble sequence in a determined time domain resource of a group of ROs.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device does not transmit the preamble sequence in a time domain resource of one or more ROs that conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the terminal device receives the common signal block on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the time domain resource of one or more of the time domain resources of the set of ROs determined by the terminal device is located in the non-uplink resource of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device transmits a preamble sequence in a determined time domain resource of a group of ROs.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device receives a preamble sequence of the time domain resource transmission of the determined set of ROs by the terminal device.
  • a time domain resource of one or more ROs in a time domain resource of a group of ROs determined by the terminal device and a time domain of the common signal block when the resource or the time domain resource of the control channel resource set conflicts, the method further includes:
  • the network device does not receive the preamble sequence on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the network device when the network device sends the common signal block on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set A domain resource or a time domain resource of the set of control channel resources.
  • the time domain resources of one or more ROs in the time domain resources of the group of ROs determined by the terminal device are located in the non-upstream configuration of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration. Resources, the method further includes:
  • the network device receives a preamble sequence sent by the terminal device on a time domain resource of the group of ROs.
  • the network device does not receive other uplink/downlink signals sent by the terminal device except the preamble sequence sent by the determined time domain resource of the group of ROs.
  • a fifth aspect a method for communication, comprising: receiving, by a terminal device, index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index; and determining, by the terminal device, the first configuration index Time domain resources of at least one random access preamble opportunity RO corresponding to the first configuration index; determining, by the terminal device, time domain resources and common signals of one or more ROs in the time domain resources of the at least one RO When the time domain resource of the block or the time domain resource of the control channel resource set conflicts, the terminal device is not in one or more ROs that conflict with the time domain resource of the common signal block or the time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the time domain resource sends the preamble sequence; or the terminal device determines that the time domain resource of one or more of the time domain resources of the at least one RO is located on the non-uplink resource of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration And the terminal device sends a preamble sequence in a time domain resource of the at least one RO.
  • the sixth aspect provides a method for communication, including: generating, by the network device, index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index; and the network device sends the index indication information to a terminal device, where The index indication information is used by the terminal device to determine, according to the first configuration index, a time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO corresponding to the first configuration index; when the network determines the at least one RO When the time domain resource of one or more ROs in the domain resource conflicts with the time domain resource of the common signal block or the time domain resource of the control channel resource set, the network device is not in the time domain resource or the public signal block Receiving the preamble sequence on a time domain resource of one or more ROs of a time domain resource conflict of a control channel resource set; or the network device determining one or more of the time domain resources of the at least one RO When the time domain resource of the RO is located on the non-uplink resource of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration, the network device is in the time
  • the embodiment of the present application by sending a preamble sequence on a conflicting resource when there is a resource conflict, unnecessary useless work can be avoided, and random access failure occurs. Moreover, the embodiment of the present application can improve the success rate of random access by transmitting the preamble sequence when the time domain resource resource of the selected set of ROs does not match the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the seventh aspect provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes any one of the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the first aspect, the third aspect, and the fifth aspect. Individual modules or units of the method.
  • the eighth aspect provides a network device, where the network device includes a method for performing the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the second aspect, the fourth aspect, and the sixth aspect, any possible implementation manner. Individual modules or units.
  • a terminal device including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the terminal device performs the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or the The method of any one of the possible implementations of the third aspect, the fifth aspect.
  • a network device device including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the terminal device performs the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect or the The method of any of the possible implementations of the second aspect, the fourth aspect, and the sixth aspect.
  • a computer readable medium having stored thereon a computer program, the computer program being executed by a computer to implement any of the first to sixth aspects or the first to sixth aspects The method in the implementation.
  • a computer program product wherein the computer program product is executed by a computer to implement the method of any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect or the first aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • a processing apparatus including a processor and an interface
  • the foregoing interface may further complete the data interaction process by using a transceiver.
  • the processing device in the thirteenth aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by using hardware or by software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like;
  • the processor can be a general purpose processor implemented by reading software code stored in a memory, which can be integrated in the processor and can exist independently of the processor.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of SSB and RMSI CORESET multiplexing patterns in accordance with one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flow chart of a method of communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the distribution of SSB and RMSI CORESET resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of SSB and RMSI CORESET resource distribution according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of resource configuration in a time slot according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method of communication according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method of communication according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a network device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application are applicable to various communication systems, and therefore, the following description is not limited to a specific communication system.
  • the next generation communication system that is, a fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, for example, a new radio (NR) system.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio
  • the network device may be a network side device in a future 5G network, for example, a transmission point (TRP or TP) in the NR system, a base station (gNB) in the NR system, and a radio frequency unit in the NR system, such as a far A radio frequency unit, one or a group of base stations (including a plurality of antenna panels), and the like in a 5G system.
  • TRP or TP transmission point
  • gNB base station
  • a radio frequency unit in the NR system, such as a far A radio frequency unit, one or a group of base stations (including a plurality of antenna panels), and the like in a 5G system.
  • Different network devices may be located in the same cell or in different cells, and are not limited herein.
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU).
  • the gNB may also include a radio unit (RU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the CU implements radio resource control (RRC), the function of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, and the DU implements the wireless chain.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU implements the wireless chain.
  • the functions of the radio link control (RLC), the media access control (MAC), and the physical (PHY) layer Since the information of the RRC layer eventually becomes information of the PHY layer or is transformed by the information of the PHY layer, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling or PHCP layer signaling, can also be used in this architecture.
  • the network device can be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • the CU may be divided into network devices in the access network RAN, and the CU may be divided into network devices in the core network CN, which is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device may also be referred to as a user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, and a terminal.
  • UE user equipment
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • Functional handheld devices computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, drone devices, and terminal devices in future 5G networks or public land mobile networks in the future (public land mobile network)
  • the terminal device and the like in the PLMN are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • a wearable device which can also be called a wearable smart device, is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design and wear wearable devices such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are more than just a hardware device, but they also implement powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-size, non-reliable smartphones for full or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and focus on only one type of application, and need to work with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various smart bracelets for smart signs monitoring, smart jewelry, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied to any of the foregoing communication systems.
  • the embodiment of the present application can be applied to an LTE system and a subsequent evolved system, such as 5G, or other wireless communication systems that use various radio access technologies, such as using code points.
  • a wireless network using Massive Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (Massive MIMO) technology a wireless network using distributed antenna technology, and the like.
  • Massive Multiple-Input Multiple-Output Massive Multiple-Input Multiple-Output
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 includes a network side device 102, and a plurality of terminal devices (for example, a terminal device 116 and a terminal device 122).
  • the network device 102 can provide communication services for the terminal device and access the core network, and the terminal device Communication with the network is performed by searching for a synchronization signal, a broadcast signal, or the like transmitted by the network device to access the network. For example, perform uplink/downlink transmission.
  • the network side device 102 may include multiple antenna groups. Each antenna group may include multiple antennas, for example, one antenna group may include antennas 104 and 106, another antenna group may include antennas 106 and 110, and an additional group may include antennas 112 and 114. Two antennas are shown in Figure 1 for each antenna group, although more or fewer antennas may be used for each group.
  • Network side device 102 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, as will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, which may include various components associated with signal transmission and reception (eg, processors, modulators, multiplexers, Demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • the network side device 102 can communicate with a plurality of terminal devices (e.g., the terminal device 116 and the terminal device 122). However, it will be appreciated that the network side device 102 can communicate with any number of terminal devices similar to the terminal device 116 or 122.
  • terminal device 116 is in communication with antennas 112 and 114, wherein antennas 112 and 114 transmit information to terminal device 116 over forward link 116 and receive information from terminal device 116 over reverse link 120.
  • terminal device 122 is in communication with antennas 104 and 106, wherein antennas 104 and 106 transmit information to terminal device 122 over forward link 124 and receive information from terminal device 122 over reverse link 126.
  • the forward link 116 can utilize a different frequency band than that used by the reverse link 120, and the forward link 124 can utilize the reverse link. 126 different frequency bands used.
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • the forward link 116 and the reverse link 120 can use a common frequency band, a forward link 124, and a reverse link.
  • Link 126 can use a common frequency band.
  • Each set of antennas and/or areas designed for communication is referred to as a sector of the network side device 102.
  • the antenna group can be designed to communicate with terminal devices in sectors of the network side device 102 coverage area.
  • the transmit antenna of the network side device 102 can utilize beamforming to improve the signal to noise ratio of the forward links 116 and 124.
  • the neighboring cell is compared with the manner in which the network side device transmits a signal to all of its terminal devices through a single antenna. Mobile devices in the middle are subject to less interference.
  • the network side device 102, the terminal device 116, or the terminal device 122 may be a wireless communication transmitting device and/or a wireless communication receiving device.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device can encode the data for transmission.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device may acquire (eg, generate, receive from other communication devices, or store in memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be transmitted over the channel to the wireless communication receiving device.
  • Such data bits may be included in a transport block (or multiple transport blocks) of data that may be segmented to produce multiple code blocks.
  • the communication system 100 may be a public land mobile network PLMN network or a device to device (D2D) network or a machine to machine (M2M) network or other network, and FIG. 1 is merely an example for convenience of understanding.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • D2D device to device
  • M2M machine to machine
  • FIG. 1 is merely an example for convenience of understanding.
  • a simplified schematic diagram of the network may also include other network devices, which are not shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device needs to access the network (for example, after the terminal device is powered on, or the terminal device needs to be reconnected after the connection with the network device is disconnected), the terminal device can first complete the downlink synchronization by searching the SSB, and then acquire the system.
  • the message may be followed by the terminal device initiating a random access procedure by establishing a random access preamble to establish a connection with the cell and obtain uplink synchronization.
  • the resource occupied by the preamble sequence sent by the terminal device belongs to a resource of a random access opportunity (RO) configured by the network device.
  • RO random access opportunity
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can reduce the probability of collision between RO resources and downlink resources (eg, SSB and/or RMSI CORESET), improve the number of ROs valid in the PRACH configuration period, and improve the terminal.
  • Equipment random access efficiency e.g., SSB and/or RMSI CORESET
  • the RO resources configured in the embodiment of the present application can avoid the SSB and/or the RMSI CORESET resources as much as possible, and the embodiment of the present application can reduce the probability of resource collision, and can increase the number of ROs that are valid in the RACH configuration period. Improve the random access efficiency of terminal equipment.
  • one SSB occupies four consecutive Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols.
  • the SSB detection window is a time window defined in NR with a duration of 5 ms. In the 5 ms SSB detection window, up to L SSBs can be transmitted. For different frequency bands, the value of L is as follows:
  • the SSB supports 15 kHz, 30 kHz, 120 kHz and 240 kHz subcarrier spacing.
  • the mapping pattern of the SSBs in the time domain configuration is different in an SSB detection window.
  • each mapping pattern refer to the definitions in the existing standards. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
  • the configuration patterns of the SSB and RMSI CORESET/PDSCH shown in FIG. 2 include three types, namely, patterns 1 to 3.
  • Pattern 1 is SSB and RMSI CORESET are at different times, and the transmission bandwidth of the SSB partially overlaps with the initial access downlink bandwidth of the RMSI CORESET, that is, the SSB and the RMSI CORESET are time-divisionally transmitted.
  • Pattern 2 is SSB and RMSI CORESET are at different moments, and there is no overlap between the transmission bandwidth of the SSB and the initial access downstream bandwidth portion including the RMSI CORESET, that is, the SSB and the RMSI CORESET are frequency-divisionally transmitted.
  • the pattern 3 is that the SSB and the RMSI CORESET are at the same time, and the transmission bandwidth of the SSB does not overlap with the initial access downlink bandwidth portion including the RMSI CORESET.
  • the SSB and the RMSI CORESET are also frequency-division transmission.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to SSB and RMSI CORESRET is 15 kHz or 30 kHz.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the SSB is 120 kHz or 240 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the RMSI CORESRET may be 60 kHz or 120 kHz.
  • the embodiment of the present application mainly describes a scheme for how to configure the RO resource for the pattern 1, that is, under the TDD system.
  • the schemes of the pattern 2 and the pattern 3 reference may be made to the scheme for the pattern 1, which is not described in detail in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application needs to configure the RO resource time domain location for the resource distribution of the SSB and the RMSI CORESET to avoid the resources of the SSB and the RMSI CORESET, and improve the terminal equipment in the RO.
  • the success rate of sending the preamble on the resource is not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to avoid the resources of the SSB and the RMSI CORESET multiplexing patterns.
  • the preamble sequence in NR is described below.
  • the first type 4 long sequences, the sequence length is 839, and the sequence format is 0 ⁇ 3;
  • the second category, 9 short sequences, sequence length 139, the sequence format includes A1, A2, A3, B1, B2, B3, B4, C0, C2.
  • time domain resource sizes occupied by the preamble sequences of different types and different formats may be different.
  • specific definitions of each sequence refer to the description in the existing standards, and details are not described herein again.
  • NR supports multiple subcarrier spacing, flexible TDD semi-static uplink and downlink configuration, flexible and complicated SSB/RMSI time domain configuration, and multiple random access preamble formats. Therefore, a new design of the PRACH configuration is required.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flow diagram of a method of communication in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method as shown in FIG. 3 can be applied to any of the above communication systems.
  • Figure 3 depicts a method of communication of an embodiment of the present application from a system perspective.
  • the method 300 shown in FIG. 3 includes:
  • the network device sends index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate the first configuration index.
  • the network device first generates index indication information, and then the network device sends the index indication information to the terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the index indication information.
  • the network device may send the index indication information by using the RMSI, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the size of the index indication information may be 8 bits, and the first configuration index indicated by the index indication information may be one of multiple (for example, less than or equal to 256) configuration indexes.
  • the configuration index may be a PRACH Configuration Index.
  • the size of the index indication information may correspond to the multiple configuration indexes.
  • the size of the index indication information may be n bits.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the network device may further send the subcarrier spacing indication information to the terminal device, where the size of the subcarrier spacing indication information may be 1 bit, where the subcarrier spacing indication information is used to indicate a subcarrier spacing of the PRACH message 1 (preamble) .
  • the subcarrier spacing of the PRACH message 1 may be 15 kHz or 30 kHz; for the frequency band above 6 GHz, the subcarrier spacing of the PRACH message 1 may be 60 kHz or 120 kHz.
  • the network device may combine the index indication information and the sub-carrier spacing indication information to be sent together through one signaling, or may be separately sent.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first configuration index, the first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO, where the first configuration information is It is determined according to time domain resources of the common signal block and/or time domain information of the control channel resource set.
  • the terminal device may determine the time domain resource of the at least one RO according to the first configuration index.
  • time domain information of the control channel resource set in the embodiment of the present application may include a time domain offset of the control channel resource set or a time domain location of the control channel resource set, and the embodiment is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device may determine the first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index according to the one-to-one correspondence between the multiple configuration indexes and the multiple configuration information, where the first configuration index is the After determining the first configuration information, the terminal device may determine, according to the configuration information, a time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO.
  • both the terminal device and the network device know in advance a one-to-one correspondence between the multiple configuration indexes and the multiple sets of configuration information.
  • both the terminal device and the network device pre-store a one-to-one correspondence between the plurality of configuration indexes and the plurality of sets of configuration information.
  • the network device may first determine the time domain resource of the common signal block and/or the time domain information of the control channel resource set, and then the network device may according to the time domain resource of the common signal block and/or the time domain of the control channel resource set.
  • the information determines the time domain resource of the RO (that is, the configuration information corresponding to the time domain resource of the RO).
  • the network device may determine a configuration index corresponding to the time domain resource of the RO according to the one-to-one correspondence between the pre-stored multiple configuration indexes and the multiple sets of configuration information.
  • the network device configures the first configuration index to the terminal device by using index indication information.
  • the terminal device may determine the first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index from the one-to-one correspondence between the pre-stored multiple configuration indexes and the multiple configuration information according to the first configuration index, and the terminal device may be configured according to the first configuration.
  • the information determines a time domain resource of the at least one RO.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines the time domain resource of the at least one RO according to the time domain resource of the common signal block and/or the time domain information of the control channel resource set. Therefore, the RO resource configured in the embodiment of the present application can be avoided as much as possible.
  • the SSB and/or the RMSI CORESET resource reduces the probability of collision between the RO resource and the downlink resource (for example, SSB and/or RMSI CORESET), improves the number of ROs valid in the PRACH configuration period, and improves the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the common signal block in the embodiment of the present application may be an SS/PBCH block
  • the control channel resource (set) may be an RMSI CORESET, an OSI CORESET, a control channel resource of a paging channel, or a control channel of a random access response.
  • the resource and the like are described below by taking the control channel resource as the RMSI CORESET as an example, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the RMSI CORESET may also be referred to as a CORESET of Type 0-PDCCH (the control resource set of the Type 0-PDCCH common search space), where the configuration information of the CORESET of Type 0-PDCCH is indicated in the MIB and may pass through the MIB.
  • the indication information pdcch-ConfigSIB1 indicates that the upper 4 bits and the lower 4 bits of the indication information jointly indicate the time-frequency resource location of the CORESET of Type 0-PDCCH (eg, consecutive RBs and consecutive symbols).
  • Type 0-PDCCH can be used for the transmission of SIB1 (also referred to as RMSI) scheduling information.
  • the following relationship may exist between the configuration index and the configuration information:
  • Configuration index Configuration information 0 Configuration information 0 1 Configuration information 1 2 Configuration information 2 ... ...
  • the terminal device determines the configuration index
  • the device can query the configuration information corresponding to the configuration index, and then determine the time domain resource of the RO.
  • Second indication information for indicating at least one second time unit of the first time unit
  • Third indication information indicating a number of third time units included in each of the at least one second time unit
  • the first time unit is a system frame
  • the second time unit is a subframe or 0.25 ms
  • the third time unit is a time slot.
  • the initial time domain position of the RO indicates that the RO occupies the first fourth time unit in the at least one fourth time unit of the third time unit in the third time unit.
  • first fourth time unit described above may also be the first fourth time unit occupied by the first RO of at least one of the third time units.
  • the fourth time unit may be an OFDM symbol.
  • slots involved in the present invention may also be TTIs and/or time units and/or subframes and/or mini-slots, etc., and embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, a sequence number of the first time unit in the configuration period (or a sequence number corresponding to the location of the first time unit in the configuration period), and determines the first time unit according to the second indication information ( That is, the second time unit time domain position or time domain number in the first time unit indicated by the first indication information, and determining the third time unit number in the second time unit according to the third indication information, and finally according to the fourth
  • the indication information and the fifth indication information determine a time domain resource of the RO in each third time unit, it being understood that the time domain resource of the RO in the third time unit may include a start of the RO in the third time unit The number of four time units (such as symbols) and the number of ROs.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, a sequence number of the first time unit (system frame) where the time domain resource of the at least one RO in the configuration period is located in the configuration period, and determines the system frame according to the second indication information.
  • Subframe (1ms) sequence number (which may also be referred to as the index of the slot corresponding to the 15KHz subcarrier in the current system frame) or a few 0.25ms (may also be referred to as the index of the slot corresponding to the 60KHz subcarrier in the current system frame)
  • the number of slots in the subframe or within 0.25 ms is determined, and the start symbol of each slot in the slot and the number of ROs in each slot are determined.
  • the time domain resource of at least one RO includes resources in a plurality of time slots, that is, time domain resources of consecutive multiple ROs starting from the start symbol in each of the plurality of time slots.
  • configuration period is equivalent to “PRACH period”
  • symbol is equivalent to “OFDM symbol”.
  • the one-to-one correspondence between the multiple configuration indexes and the multiple sets of configuration information in the embodiment of the present application may be in the form of a table, for example, may be a PRACH configuration table.
  • the one-to-one correspondence between the multiple configuration indexes and the multiple sets of configuration information may also be a set of symbols or a series of bit data, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the PRACH configuration table may be a preamble short sequence configuration table of TDD 6 GHz or less or a preamble short sequence configuration table of TDD 6 GHz or higher.
  • Table 2 and Table 3 correspond to each other.
  • Table 2 and Table 3 are preamble short-sequence PRACH configuration tables below 6 GHz.
  • Tables 2 and 3 respectively correspond to different time-domain resources for configuring RO. For details, refer to the following description. .
  • the preamble short sequence PRACH configuration table of TDD 6 GHz or higher is described in detail in conjunction with Table 4 and Table 5.
  • Table 4 and Table 5 correspond to each other.
  • Table 4 and Table 5 are preamble short-sequence PRACH configuration tables of 6 GHz or higher.
  • Tables 4 and 5 respectively correspond to different time-domain resources for configuring RO. For details, refer to the following description. .
  • the configuration index in the embodiment of the present application may be a PRACH Configuration Index
  • the first indication information may be a sequence number of the RACH system frame in the configuration period (in the corresponding table).
  • the y for example, the configuration period is 4, and the first indication information, that is, y, may be 0, 1, 2, or 3).
  • the first indication information may be a system frame number (SFN) and a configuration period of the RACH system.
  • the second indication information may be a subframe number in the first time unit indicated by the first indication information or an index of 0.25 ms in the system frame
  • the third indication The information may be the number of PRACH slots included in each subframe or 0.25 ms
  • the fourth indication information may be the number of ROs in the PRACH slot (Number of ROs within a RACH slot)
  • the fifth indication information It may be the sequence number of the starting symbol in the PRACH slot.
  • configuration information corresponding to the configuration index of Tables 2 to 5 may further include a format of a preamble, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the PRACH configuration sequence number may be selected from 0 to 255; the random access preamble short sequence format may be A1, A2, A3, B1, B4, A1/B1, A2/B2, A3/B3, C0, C2.
  • the value of the configuration period is ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ⁇
  • the configuration period corresponding to the configuration period of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16 is 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, and 160ms.
  • Number of PRACH slots refers to the number of PRACH subframes included in the 1ms duration granularity for the frequency bands below 6 GHz.
  • the number of PRACH subframes included in the granularity of 0.25 ms duration the number of PRACH slots may be 1 or 2.
  • the pre-stored PRACH configuration table of the network device and the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is determined based on time domain resources of the common signal block and/or time domain information of the control channel resource set. Therefore, the following first describes the determination principle of the configuration information corresponding to Table 2 and Table 3 in combination with Figure 4 (SSB and RMSI CORESET possible time domain distribution diagram), combined with Figure 5 (Sine and above RMSI CORESET possible time domain distribution) Schematic diagram) Describes the principle of determining the configuration information corresponding to Tables 4 and 5.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of possible time domain distributions of SSBs below 6 GHz and RMSI CORESET in two system frames.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the possible time domain distribution of SSB and RMSI CORESET in 6 system frames.
  • the SSB and the RMSI CORESET with subcarrier spacing of 60 kHz and 120 kHz are optionally time domain position distributions within two system frames (20 ms). It can be seen that if the RMSI CORESET time domain offset is small, the RMSI CORESET optional time domain position distribution in the second half of the odd system frame is small.
  • the PRACH configuration table can be designed according to the RMSI CORESET time domain offset, and the random access system frame is selected, for example, if the RMSI CORESET time domain offset is Small, for example, less than 5ms, select the system frame whose system frame index is odd. If the RMSI CORESET time domain offset is large, for example, greater than 5ms, select the system frame whose system frame index is even, and in these system frames. Avoid RO resources of SSB and RMSI CORESET.
  • Tables 2 through 5 in the examples of the present application may be determined according to the principles described below.
  • Tables 2 to 5 may also be determined by other principles, and embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • Tables 2 to 5 may also be determined according to the principles described below, that is, Tables 2 to 5 may exist independently, and embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • Tables 2 to 5 are merely exemplary, and Tables 2 to 5 are only a plurality of configuration indexes and multiple configuration information pre-stored by the terminal device and the network device in the embodiment of the present application. An example of a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the examples of Tables 2 to 5 are merely intended to assist those skilled in the art in understanding the embodiments of the present invention, and are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present invention to the specific numerical values or specific examples illustrated. It will be obvious to those skilled in the art that various modifications and changes can be made in the form of the present invention in the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • each of Tables 2 to 5 includes a plurality of configuration indexes, and configuration information corresponding to the plurality of configuration indexes.
  • each configuration index in Table 2 to Table 5 and its corresponding configuration information may be used separately, that is, each of Tables 2 to 5 may be split into a plurality of small tables, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. .
  • the order of the configuration indexes in Tables 2 to 5 and their corresponding configuration information is not limited.
  • the position of each group configuration index and the corresponding configuration information in Table 2 to Table 5 may be adjusted or arbitrarily disordered.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the number of configuration indexes in Tables 2 to 5 may start from any number, for example, may start from 0 (as shown in Table 4 and Table 5), or may not start from 0, for example, from 71. Start (as shown in Table 2 and Table 3), and the number of configuration indexes can be sorted from small to large, or sorted in any way.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this, as long as the correspondence between the configuration index and the configuration information indicated by the network device and the terminal device is consistent.
  • the ratio of the format corresponding to the configuration index in the foregoing Tables 2 to 5 is a form represented by a single letter (for example, A1, A2, A3, B1, or B4, etc.), which is higher than the configuration index.
  • the format is a ratio of two letter combinations in the form of "x/y" (for example, A1/B1, A2/B2 or A3/B3, etc.).
  • the configured time domain resources of the RO can be the same.
  • time domain resources of the RO configured in one of the above formats in Tables 2 to 5 can also be used to configure the time domain resources of the ROs of other formats, that is, for different sequence formats, the time of the configured RO
  • the domain resources may be the same, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the random access configuration period is greater than a preset duration threshold
  • the time domain information of the control channel resource set includes a time domain offset of the control channel resource set, where the control channel is The time domain offset of the resource set indicates the starting time domain location of the control channel resource set associated with the first common signal block in the common signal block detection window and the starting position of the system frame in which the control channel resource set is located The length of time;
  • the first indication information used to indicate the first time unit is determined according to a time domain offset of the control channel resource set.
  • the first time unit indicated by the first indication information is in the The sequence number corresponding to the location in the random access configuration period is an even number; or, when the time domain offset of the control channel resource set is less than the preset offset threshold, the first indication information indicates the The sequence number corresponding to the location of the first time unit in the random access configuration period is an odd number.
  • the first time unit indicated by the first indication information corresponds to an odd number in the random access configuration period.
  • the sequence number corresponding to the location of the first time unit indicated by the first indication information in the random access configuration period Or an even number; or, when the time domain offset of the control channel resource set is less than or equal to the preset offset threshold, the first time unit indicated by the first indication information is in the random connection
  • the sequence number corresponding to the position in the configuration cycle is an odd number.
  • the offset in this document may be a specific time size, or may be a parameter indicating the size of the time, and the corresponding offset threshold may be a specific offset size, or may be a size indicating the offset. Parameters, the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines the location of the first time unit (ie, the system frame) to which the time domain resource of the RO belongs according to the size of the time domain offset of the control channel resource set, and can avoid the conflict with the control channel resource to the maximum extent. Increase the effective number of ROs and improve the efficiency of random access.
  • the preset threshold may be one of 2, 2.5, 5, 7, and 7.5, and the unit of the preset threshold may be ms.
  • the terminal device may obtain the sequence numbers of the two system frames in the configuration period indicated by the first indication information according to the first configuration index, and the terminal device may determine, according to the RMSI CORESET time domain offset O, that the RO resources belong to the two systems.
  • the system frame corresponding to a system frame number in the frame sequence.
  • the first indication information may be 0 (ie, the SFN is even), corresponding to the 0th system frame in the configuration period.
  • the system frame number indicated by the first indication information may be 1 (ie, the SFN is an even number), corresponding to the first system frame in the configuration period.
  • the first time unit indicated by the first indication information is the one system frame.
  • the first indication information used to indicate the first time unit is determined according to a time domain location of the control channel resource set.
  • the system frame indicated by the first indication information can be a system frame that avoids the control channel resource set.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is determined according to a time domain location of the common signal block.
  • the at least one second time unit indicated by the second indication information is located in a time domain other than an optional time domain position of the common signal block in the first time unit. position.
  • the indication information of the second time unit may be a subframe number in the fourth column of the last table in Table 2 and Table 3, or is the system in the fourth example of the last in Table 4 and Table 5.
  • the intra-subcarrier spacing is a sequence number (0.25 ms) corresponding to 60 KHz.
  • the subframe number other than the optional SSB time domain location of the system in which the RO is located includes ⁇ 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9 ⁇ ;
  • the subframe number other than the SSB selectable time domain location of the system in which the RO is located includes ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 ⁇ .
  • the subframe number other than the SSB selectable time domain position of the system in which the RO is located includes ⁇ 4, 9 ⁇ ; when the SSB subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz,
  • the subframe number other than the SSB optional time domain position in the system frame in which the RO is located includes ⁇ 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9 ⁇ .
  • the corresponding subframe number is 9.
  • the corresponding subframe number is 3, 4, 8, and 9.
  • the SSB of the system in which the RO is located may select a time slot other than the time domain position (the subcarrier spacing is 60 kHz corresponding to the time slot, that is, The 0.25ms) sequence number includes ⁇ 4,9,14,19,24,29,34,39 ⁇ ; when the SSB subcarrier spacing is 240 kHz, the SSB in the system frame where the RO is located may select a time slot other than the time domain position. (The subcarrier spacing is 60 kHz corresponding to the time slot, ie 0.25 ms) The sequence number includes ⁇ 4, 9 to 19, 24, 29 to 39 ⁇ .
  • the sub-carrier spacing in the system frame is 60KHz
  • the corresponding time slots are 4, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 24, 29, 31. 33, 35, 37, 39.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is based on an optional time domain location of the common signal block, and/or the first time
  • the index of the unit for example, SFN
  • the at least one second time unit includes a first group of second time units and a second group of second time units
  • the first set of second time units are located in a time domain position of the first half time domain portion of the first time unit except for an optional time domain position of the common signal block;
  • the second set of second time units are located in a time domain position of the second half of the first time unit other than the selectable time domain position of the common signal block;
  • the time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble RO belongs to the first group of second time units indicated by the second indication information
  • the time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO belongs to the second group second time unit indicated by the second indication information.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the first configuration index, two sets of second time units indicated by the first indication information, and the terminal device may determine, according to the parity of the index of the first time unit, that the RO resource belongs to the two groups of second time units.
  • the time slot in which the RO is located (the time slot in which the subcarrier spacing is 60 kHz, that is, 0.25 ms) is determined by the RMSI CORESET time domain offset O and the slot number outside the SSB selectable time domain position.
  • the slot number in which the RO is located may include a slot number other than the SSB selectable time domain position in the first half of a system frame (even number system frame).
  • the slot number in which the RO is located may include a slot number other than the SSB selectable time domain position in the second half of a system frame (odd number).
  • the preset threshold may be any one of 2, 2.5, 5, 7, and 7.5, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the SSB in the system frame where the RO is located may select the slot number other than the time domain position.
  • the slot number corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of 60 KHz includes ⁇ 4, 9, 14, 19 ⁇ ;
  • the SSB of the system in which the RO is located may select a time slot other than the time domain location.
  • the sequence number (that is, the slot number corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of 60 KHz) includes ⁇ 4, 9 to 19 ⁇ .
  • the SSB of the system in which the RO is located may select a time slot number other than the time domain position (ie, when the subcarrier spacing is 60 KHz)
  • the slot number includes: ⁇ 24, 29, 34, 39 ⁇ ; for the 240 kHz subcarrier spacing SSB, the SSB in the system frame in which the RO is located may select a slot number other than the time domain position (ie, the subcarrier spacing is 60 KHz).
  • the slot number) includes ⁇ 24, 29 to 39 ⁇ .
  • the corresponding system frame number is 0, and the time slot of the system corresponding to the time domain resource of the RO is 60KHz.
  • the corresponding slot number is Case A (ie, The system frame whose index number is even): 9, Case B (that is, the system frame whose index number is odd): 39. Since the system frame number is 0, that is, the index number of the system frame is an even number, the case A is satisfied. Therefore, when the configuration index is 0, the resources of the RO are located in the time slot of the slot number corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of 60 kHz in the system frame.
  • the intra-frame sub-carrier spacing corresponding to the time domain resource of the RO is 60 kHz.
  • the corresponding slot number is Case A (ie, the system frame with the index number is even): 4, 9, Case B ( That is, the system frame whose index number is odd): 29, 39.
  • Case A ie, the system frame with the index number is even
  • Case B That is, the system frame whose index number is odd
  • the configuration index is 16
  • the system frame number is determined to be 1
  • the resource of the RO is located in the slot of the slot number corresponding to the slot number corresponding to 60KHz in the system frame.
  • the corresponding index number is Odd system frame
  • the foregoing parity determining second time unit based on the index of the first time unit may be expressed as a time domain offset based on the control channel resource set. The quantity determines the second time unit.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is an optional time domain location according to the SSB, and the control The time domain offset of the channel resource set is determined.
  • the at least one second time unit includes a first group of second time units and a second group of second time units
  • the first group of second time units includes a time unit other than a time domain position of the SSB in a first half time domain portion of the first time unit having an even index;
  • the second group of second time units includes a time unit other than a time domain position of the SSB in a second half time domain portion of the first time unit having an odd index;
  • the time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble RO belongs to the first indicated by the second indication information a set of second time units;
  • the time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble RO belongs to the first indicated by the second indication information Two sets of second time units.
  • the foregoing case A may be modified to be that the control channel resource set offset is greater than or equal to a preset threshold.
  • the above case B can be modified to control the channel resource set offset to be less than a preset threshold.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the first configuration index, two sets of second time units that are instructed by the first indication information, and the terminal device may determine, according to the size of the control channel resource set offset, that the RO resource belongs to the two groups of the second time.
  • a set of second time units in a cell may be determined, according to the first configuration index, two sets of second time units that are instructed by the first indication information, and the terminal device may determine, according to the size of the control channel resource set offset, that the RO resource belongs to the two groups of the second time.
  • the sequence number of the slot corresponding to the system intraframe resource corresponding to the time domain resource of the RO is 60 kHz.
  • the sequence number of the time slot is Case A (the control channel resource set offset is greater than or Equal to the preset threshold): 4, 9, Case B (control channel resource set offset is less than the preset threshold): 29, 39. Therefore, when the configuration index is 16, when the control channel resource set offset is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, it is determined that the system frame number in the configuration period is 0, and the situation A is satisfied at this time, and the resource of the RO is located in the system frame subcarrier spacing.
  • the slot number corresponding to 60KHz is in the slot of 4, 9.
  • the configuration index is 16
  • the control channel resource set offset is less than the preset threshold
  • it is determined that the system frame number in the configuration period is 1, and the situation B is satisfied at this time, and the resource of the RO is located in the system frame, and the subcarrier spacing is 60 kHz.
  • the corresponding slot number is in the slot of 29, 39.
  • the time domain information of the control channel resource set includes a time domain location of the control channel resource set in the third time unit, and is used to indicate that in the third time unit.
  • the fifth indication information of the start time domain location of the RO is determined according to a time domain location of the control channel resource set in the third time unit, wherein a start of the RO in the third time unit The time domain location is located after the time domain location of a preset control channel resource set in the third time unit.
  • the preset one control channel resource set may be the last control channel resource set, the first control channel resource set or the i-th control channel resource set in the third time unit, where i is less than or equal to z.
  • the integer, z represents the number of control channel resource sets in the third time unit, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • a start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the fifth indication information is a start time domain position of the third time unit or the The preset time domain location in the third time unit.
  • the initial time domain position of the RO indicates that the RO occupies the first fourth time unit in the at least one fourth time unit of the third time unit in the third time unit.
  • the position in the middle in other words, the fifth indication information is the serial number corresponding to the position. It should be understood that the fourth time unit may be an OFDM symbol.
  • the RO in the third time unit In the case where the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit is located after the time domain position of the last one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit, the RO in the third time unit.
  • the value of the sequence number of the fourth time unit corresponding to the start time domain position is one of the following three:
  • the time domain length of the control channel resource set is 1 and the sequence number of the first fourth time unit of the control channel resource set in the third time unit (which may also be referred to as a control channel resource set)
  • the symbol offset is k.
  • the RO occupies the position of the first fourth time unit in the at least one fourth time unit of the third time unit in the third time unit, which may be l, 2l or k+l.
  • the RO occupies a time domain length between the first fourth time unit of the at least one fourth time unit and the first fourth time unit of the third time unit. , 2l or k+l.
  • the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the fifth indication information may be the start time domain position of the third time unit or the third time unit The default time domain location.
  • the start symbol position of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the fifth indication information is 0. It should be understood that the initial indication symbol position indicated by the fifth indication information in Table 2 and Table 4 is 0, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, for example, the start of the fifth indication information indication in Table 2 and Table 4.
  • the symbol position may be replaced by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7, etc., and may be replaced by 6 or 7. The embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the selected second time unit can avoid the conflict with the SSB, but it is difficult to exclude the control channel.
  • Conflict of resource sets Therefore, it is necessary to determine the starting symbol position of the RO based on the symbol position of the control channel resource set. Therefore, in this case, the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the fifth indication information is located after the time domain position of the last one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit.
  • the starting symbol number of the RO depends on the RMSI CORESET duration l and the symbol offset k of the RMSI CORESET in the third time unit, and the starting symbol number of the RO may include ⁇ l, 2l, k+l ⁇ .
  • the RMSI CORESET duration l may be ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ OFDM symbols, and the starting symbol number (ie, k) of the RMSI CORESET may be 7, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the fourth indication information used to indicate the number of ROs in the third time unit is based on a starting time domain location of the RO in the third time unit, and the preamble sequence The length of the occupied time domain resource is determined.
  • the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information is less than or equal to the start time domain position of the RO to the end of the third time unit
  • the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information is less than or equal to between the start time domain position of the RO and the end time domain position of the third time unit.
  • the fourth indication information of the embodiment of the present application will be described in two cases for the starting time domain of the two different ROs.
  • the first case is a first case:
  • the embodiment of the present application may use Ns to indicate the starting time domain position of the RO, and then, as shown in Table 3 or Table 5, the fourth indication information
  • the number of ROs in the indicated third time unit may be as shown in the last column of Table 2 or Table 4.
  • the time domain resource length from the start time domain position of the RO to the end time domain location of the third time unit is 14-Ns, wherein 14 indicates the total number of symbols in one slot, and the symbol length of the preamble sequence is 2. Therefore, the maximum number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information as shown in Table 3 is floor[(14). -Ns)/2], where floor[] indicates rounding down.
  • the time domain resource length from the start time domain position of the RO to the end time domain location of the third time unit is 13-Ns, and the preamble The symbol length of the sequence is 2, and therefore, the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information as shown in Table 3 is maximum floor[(13-Ns)/2].
  • the time domain resource length from the start time domain position of the RO to the end time domain location of the third time unit is 14-Ns
  • 14 indicates the total number of symbols in a time slot
  • the symbol length of the preamble sequence is 2. Therefore, the maximum number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information as shown in Table 5 is floor[( 14-Ns)/2].
  • the time domain resource length from the start time domain position of the RO to the end time domain location of the third time unit is 13-Ns, and the preamble The symbol length of the sequence is 2, and therefore, the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information as shown in Table 5 is maximum floor[(13-Ns)/2].
  • the second case is a first case
  • the start symbol position of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the fifth indication information is 0 or a preset position, then as shown in Table 2 or Table 4, the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information
  • the number of ROs can be as shown in the last column of Table 2 or Table 4.
  • the time domain resource length from the start time domain position of the RO to the end time domain location of the third time unit is 14 (14-0)
  • 14 indicates the total number of symbols in a time slot
  • the symbol length of the preamble sequence is 2. Therefore, the maximum number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information as shown in Table 2 is 7 (ie, 14/2).
  • the time domain resource length from the start time domain position of the RO to the end time domain position of the third time unit is 13
  • the preamble sequence The symbol length is 2, and therefore, the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information as shown in Table 2 is 6 (ie, floor[(13-0)/2]).
  • the time domain resource length from the start time domain position of the RO to the end time domain location of the third time unit is 14, wherein 14 denotes the total number of symbols of one slot, and the symbol length of the preamble sequence is 2, therefore, the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information as shown in Table 4 is at most 7.
  • the time domain resource length from the start time domain position of the RO to the end time domain location of the third time unit is 13
  • the preamble sequence The symbol length is 2, and therefore, the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information as shown in Table 4 is at most 6.
  • Table 2 and Table 3 correspond to each other, which are preamble short sequence PRACH configuration tables below TDD 6 GHz.
  • the difference between Table 2 and Table 3 is that the fifth indication information in Table 2 is one of ⁇ l, 2l, k+1], and the fifth indication information in Table 3 is 0.
  • the form of the fourth indication information in the corresponding Table 2 and Table 3 is also different.
  • Table 4 and Table 5 correspond to the preamble short sequence PRACH configuration table of TDD 6 GHz or higher.
  • the difference between Table 4 and Table 5 is that the fifth indication information in Table 4 is one of ⁇ l, 2l, k+1], and the fifth indication information in Table 5 is 0.
  • the form of the fourth indication information in the corresponding Tables 4 and 5 is also different.
  • the method shown in FIG. 3 may further include:
  • the terminal device sends a preamble sequence on a time domain resource of the at least one RO configured by the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the first configuration index, the first configuration corresponding to the first configuration index from a one-to-one correspondence between the pre-stored multiple configuration indexes and the multiple sets of configuration information. And the terminal device may determine the time domain resource of the at least one RO according to the first configuration information. Thereafter, the terminal device can transmit the preamble sequence on the time domain resource of the at least one RO.
  • the terminal device may send the preamble sequence on the time domain resources of some or all of the time domain resources of the at least one RO, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the RO resource and the downlink resource eg, SSB and/or RMSI CORESET
  • the probability of collision increases the number of ROs that are valid during the PRACH configuration period, which can improve the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device does not transmit the preamble sequence on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • collision in the embodiment of the present application may indicate that in the TDD system, the RO uplink resource determined by the terminal device coincides with the time domain resource of the common signal block or the time domain location of the downlink resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the time domain resources of the above-mentioned configuration RO can be avoided as much as possible in the conflict with the SSB or the control channel resource set, there is still a possibility of conflict.
  • the terminal device determines the time domain resource of the one or more ROs in the time domain resource of the at least one RO and the time domain resource of the common signal block or the control channel resource set When a domain resource conflicts, the preamble sequence may not be sent on the time domain resource of the conflicting RO.
  • the time domain resource of the one or more of the time domain resources of the at least one RO is located on the non-uplink resource of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration, and the method further includes:
  • the terminal device sends a preamble sequence on a time domain resource of the at least one RO configured by the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device determines that the time domain resource of one or more of the time domain resources of the at least one RO does not match the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration. In this case, the terminal device may still be in the one or more The preamble sequence is sent on the RO's time domain resource.
  • the embodiment of the present application can improve the success rate of random access by transmitting the preamble sequence when the time domain resource resource of the selected set of ROs does not match the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the starting time domain location of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the fifth indication information is located in the non-uplink resource of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration of the third time unit.
  • the method shown in FIG. 3 may further include:
  • the terminal device updates the time domain location of the RO according to the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration of the third time unit,
  • the terminal device sends a preamble sequence according to the updated time domain location of the RO.
  • the terminal device updates the time domain location of the RO according to the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration of the third time unit, including:
  • the terminal device is configured to: the number of ROs that can be carried by the uplink symbol in the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration of the third time unit and the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information The number is updated to the number of ROs in the third time unit.
  • the UE sends the random access Preamble only in the PRACH opportunity (RO) in the uplink part in the semi-static uplink/downlink configuration.
  • the uplink portion of the uplink/downlink configuration includes a full semi-static uplink time slot and a special time slot containing uplink symbols.
  • the total number of symbols in a time slot when the random access occasion (RO) indicated by the PRACH configuration is located in the special time slot When the difference between the uplink symbol length y2 and the uplink symbol length y2 in the special time slot is greater than the RO start symbol number indicated in the PRACH configuration, the UE sends the random access Preamble starting symbol number in the special time slot as a total time slot.
  • the maximum number of ROs that can be supported in this special time slot is
  • L is the duration of the random access preamble
  • N RO is the number of ROs included in the RACH slot indicated in the PRACH configuration.
  • the starting symbol number of the UE that sends the random access Preamble in the special time slot is The maximum number of ROs that can be supported in this special time slot is
  • FIG. 3 depicts a method of communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present application. Another method of communication of an embodiment of the present application is described below with reference to FIG.
  • the method 700 shown in Figure 7 includes:
  • the network device sends index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate the first configuration index.
  • the terminal device receives the index indication information.
  • 710 and 310 correspond to each other. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device determines first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index according to the first configuration index, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a time domain resource of a first group of random access preamble opportunities or a time domain resource of the second group of ROs, wherein the time domain resources of the first group of ROs and the time domain resources of the second group of ROs are located in a first time unit in a random access configuration period, the first group of ROs
  • the time domain resource or the time domain resource of the second group of ROs is determined according to the time domain offset of the control channel resource set and/or the index of the first time unit;
  • the terminal device may determine the time domain resources of the two groups of ROs according to the first configuration index.
  • the terminal device may determine the first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index according to the one-to-one correspondence between the multiple configuration indexes and the multiple configuration information, where the first configuration index is the After determining the first configuration information, the terminal device may determine the time domain resources of the two sets of ROs according to the configuration information.
  • both the terminal device and the network device know in advance a one-to-one correspondence between the multiple configuration indexes and the multiple sets of configuration information.
  • both the terminal device and the network device pre-store a one-to-one correspondence between the plurality of configuration indexes and the plurality of sets of configuration information.
  • the one-to-one correspondence between the multiple configuration indexes and the multiple sets of configuration information in the embodiment of the present application may be a PRACH configuration table.
  • the PRACH configuration table may be a preamble short sequence configuration table of TDD 6 GHz or higher. For example, as in Table 4 or Table 5 above.
  • step 720 corresponds to step 320, and 720 and 320 differ in that the configuration information in 320 may only indicate a set of RO time domain resources (eg, corresponding to Table 2 or Table 3 above), and may indicate The time domain resources of the two sets of ROs (for example, corresponding to Table 4 or Table 5 above).
  • the configuration information in 320 may only indicate a set of RO time domain resources (eg, corresponding to Table 2 or Table 3 above), and may indicate The time domain resources of the two sets of ROs (for example, corresponding to Table 4 or Table 5 above).
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Second indication information indicating at least one second time unit of the first time unit, the at least one second time unit comprising a first group of second time units and a second group of second time units, wherein The time domain resources of the first group of ROs belong to the first group of second time units, and the time domain resources of the second group of ROs belong to the second group of second time units.
  • Third indication information indicating a number of third time units included in each of the first group of second time units and the second time unit of the second group of second time units
  • the random access configuration period is greater than a preset duration threshold, and a time domain offset of the control channel resource set indicates a first common signal block association in the common signal block detection window.
  • the first indication information used to indicate the first time unit is determined according to a time domain offset of the control channel resource set.
  • the first time unit indicated by the first indication information is in the The sequence number corresponding to the position in the random access configuration period is an even number; or,
  • the location of the first time unit indicated by the first indication information in the random access configuration period corresponds to The serial number is odd.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is determined according to a time domain location of the common signal block.
  • the at least one second time unit indicated by the second indication information is located in a time domain other than an optional time domain position of the common signal block in the first time unit. position.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is based on an optional time domain location of the common signal block, and/or the first time unit The index is determined.
  • the first group of second time units is located in a time domain position of the first half time domain portion of the first time unit except an optional time domain position of the common signal block;
  • the second group of second time units is located in a time domain position of the second half time domain portion of the first time unit except for an optional time domain position of the common signal block;
  • the terminal device determines a time domain resource of a group of ROs, including:
  • a time domain resource of the group of ROs according to an index of the first time unit, where when the index of the first time unit is an even number, the time of determining a group of ROs by the terminal device
  • the domain resource is the time domain resource of the first group of ROs; or when the index of the first time unit is an odd number, when the time domain resource of the group of ROs determined by the terminal device is the second group of ROs Domain resource.
  • the preset offset threshold is one of 2, 2.5, 5, 7, and 7.5.
  • the fifth indication information used to indicate a start time domain location of an RO in the third time unit is according to the control channel resource set in the third time unit.
  • the time domain location is determined, wherein a start time domain location of the RO in the third time unit is located after a time domain location of a preset one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit; or
  • the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the five indication information is the start time domain position of the third time unit or the preset time domain position in the third time unit.
  • the initial time domain position of the RO indicates that the RO occupies the first fourth time unit in the at least one fourth time unit of the third time unit in the third time unit. Position in
  • the RO in the third time unit In the case where the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit is located after the time domain position of the last one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit, the RO in the third time unit.
  • the value of the sequence number of the fourth time unit corresponding to the start time domain position is one of the following three:
  • the fourth indication information used to indicate the number of ROs in the third time unit is based on a starting time domain location of the RO in the third time unit, and the preamble sequence The size of the occupied time domain resource is determined.
  • the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information is less than or equal to the end time from the RO to the end of the third time unit.
  • the terminal device determines a time domain resource of a group of ROs, where the time domain resources of the group of ROs are time domain resources of the first group of ROs or time domain resources of the second group of ROs.
  • the network device may first determine the time domain resource of the common signal block and/or the time domain information of the control channel resource set, and then the network device may according to the time domain resource of the common signal block and/or the time domain of the control channel resource set.
  • the information determines the time domain resource of the RO (that is, the configuration information corresponding to the time domain resource of the RO).
  • the network device may determine a configuration index corresponding to the time domain resource of the RO according to the one-to-one correspondence between the pre-stored multiple configuration indexes and the multiple sets of configuration information.
  • the network device configures the first configuration index to the terminal device by using index indication information.
  • the terminal device may determine the first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index from the one-to-one correspondence between the pre-stored multiple configuration indexes and the multiple configuration information according to the first configuration index, and the terminal device may be configured according to the first configuration.
  • the information determines the time domain resources of the two sets of ROs, and selects one of the time domain resources of the two sets of ROs.
  • the RO resource and the downlink resource eg, SSB and/or can be reduced. Or the probability of collision with the RMSI CORESET), which increases the number of ROs that are valid during the PRACH configuration period, and can improve the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the set of RO resources determined in step 730 may correspond to the time domain resources of at least one RO in step 320.
  • the set of RO resources determined in step 730 may correspond to the time domain resources of at least one RO in step 320.
  • the method shown in FIG. 7 may further include:
  • the terminal device transmits a preamble sequence in a determined time domain resource of a group of ROs.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device does not transmit the preamble sequence in a time domain resource of one or more ROs that conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the time domain resource of one or more of the time-domain resources of the set of ROs determined by the terminal device is located on the non-uplink resource of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration, and the method further includes:
  • the terminal device transmits a preamble sequence in a determined time domain resource of a group of ROs.
  • the processing manner of the uplink and downlink configuration mismatch may also be an independent solution, that is, the processing manner may not be accepted in the configuration method for determining the RO resource in FIG. 3 or FIG. 7.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the method 800 shown in FIG. 8 includes:
  • the network device sends index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate the first configuration index.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first configuration index, a time domain resource of the at least one RO.
  • the time domain resource of the RO may be determined by using the method shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 7 above, and other methods, such as the configuration in the existing standard, may be used to determine the time domain resource of the RO.
  • the example is not limited to this.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send or not send the preamble sequence according to the conflict condition.
  • the “collision” in the embodiment of the present application may indicate that in the TDD system, the RO uplink resource determined by the terminal device coincides with the time domain resource of the common signal block or the time domain location of the downlink resource of the control channel resource set. Or, the time domain resource of the one or more ROs in the time domain resource of the at least one RO does not match the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the description in 830 can refer to the manner of conflict processing in FIG. 3 or FIG. 7 above. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiment of the present application by sending a preamble sequence on a conflicting resource when there is a resource conflict, unnecessary useless work can be avoided, and random access failure occurs. Moreover, the embodiment of the present application can improve the success rate of random access by transmitting the preamble sequence when the time domain resource resource of the selected set of ROs does not match the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration.
  • FIG. 1 to FIG. 8 are merely for facilitating the understanding of the embodiments of the present invention, and the embodiments of the present invention are not limited to the specific numerical values or specific examples illustrated. A person skilled in the art will be able to make various modifications and changes in accordance with the examples of FIG. 1 to FIG. 8 which are within the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution sequence, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be applied to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the method of communication of the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 8.
  • the communication device of the embodiment of the present application is described below with reference to FIG. 9 to FIG. Specifically, the terminal device of the embodiment of the present application is described with reference to FIG. 9 and FIG. 11, and the network device according to the embodiment of the present invention is described with reference to FIG. 10 to FIG.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the terminal device shown in FIG. 9 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the terminal device 900 shown in FIG. 9 includes a processing unit 910 and a transceiver unit 920.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index, and the processing unit is configured to determine the first configuration according to the first configuration index.
  • Corresponding first configuration information where the first configuration information is used to indicate a time domain resource of at least one random access preamble opportunity RO, where the first configuration information is based on a time domain resource of a common signal block and/or The time domain information of the control channel resource set is determined.
  • the RO resource and the downlink resource eg, SSB and/or RMSI CORESET
  • the probability of collision increases the number of ROs that are valid during the PRACH configuration period, which can improve the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following information: first indication information used to indicate a first time unit in a random access configuration period, where the The second indication information of the at least one second time unit of the one time unit is used to indicate the third indication information of the third time unit number included in each of the at least one second time unit And fourth indication information for indicating the number of ROs in the third time unit, and fifth indication information for indicating a start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit.
  • the random access configuration period is greater than a preset duration threshold
  • time domain information of the control channel resource set includes a time domain offset of the control channel resource set, where the control The time domain offset of the channel resource set indicates the start time domain position of the control channel resource set associated with the first common signal block in the common signal block detection window and the start of the system frame in which the control channel resource set is located a duration between the locations; the first indication information used to indicate the first time unit is determined according to a time domain offset of the control channel resource set.
  • the first time unit indicated by the first indication information is in the The sequence number corresponding to the location in the random access configuration period is an even number; or, when the time domain offset of the control channel resource set is smaller than the preset offset threshold, the first indication information indicates The sequence number corresponding to the location of the first time unit in the random access configuration period is an odd number.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is determined according to a time domain location of the common signal block.
  • the at least one second time unit indicated by the second indication information is located in the first time unit except for an optional time domain position of the common signal block. Domain location.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is based on an optional time domain location of the common signal block and/or the first time unit The index is determined.
  • the at least one second time unit includes a first group of second time units and a second group of second time units, where the first group of second time units is located at the first time a time domain location in the first half of the time domain portion of the unit other than the optional time domain location of the common signal block; the second group of second time units being located in the second half of the time domain portion of the first time unit a time domain location outside the optional time domain location of the common signal block; when the index of the first time unit is an even number, the time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO belongs to the second The first group of second time units indicated by the indication information; or, when the index of the first time unit is an odd number, the time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO belongs to the second indication information The second set of second time units indicated.
  • the preset offset threshold is one of 2, 2.5, 5, 7, and 7.5.
  • the time domain information of the control channel resource set includes a time domain location of the control channel resource set in the third time unit, and is used to indicate the third time unit.
  • the fifth indication information of the start time domain location of the RO is determined according to the time domain location of the control channel resource set in the third time unit, wherein the RO in the third time unit starts The start time domain location is located after a time domain location of a preset one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit; or the start time domain of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the fifth indication information
  • the location is a starting time domain location of the third time unit or a preset time domain location in the third time unit.
  • the initial time domain position of the RO indicates that the RO occupies the first fourth time unit of the at least one fourth time unit in the third time unit at the third time. a position in the unit; in the case where the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit is located after the time domain position of the last one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit, the third time
  • the value of the sequence number of the fourth time unit corresponding to the start time domain position of the RO in the unit is one of the following three times: the time domain length of the control channel resource set in the third time unit a time domain length of the control channel resource set in the third time unit; and a sequence number of the first fourth time unit of the control channel resource set in the third time unit and the control channel The sum of the time domain lengths of the resource set.
  • the fourth indication information used to indicate the number of ROs in the third time unit is based on a starting time domain location of the RO in the third time unit, and the preamble The length of the time domain resource occupied by the sequence is determined.
  • the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information is less than or equal to a starting time domain location from the RO to the third time unit.
  • the first time unit is a system frame
  • the second time unit is a subframe or 0.25 ms
  • the third time unit is a time slot.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a preamble sequence on a time domain resource of the at least one RO configured by the first configuration information.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the preamble sequence on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that do not conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the time domain resource of the one or more ROs of the at least one RO time domain resource is located on the non-uplink resource of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration, and the transceiver unit is further configured to Transmitting a preamble sequence on a time domain resource of the at least one RO configured by the first configuration information.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index
  • the processing unit is configured to determine, according to the first configuration index, the The first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a time domain resource of the first group of random access preamble opportunities RO or a time domain resource of the second group of ROs, where the first group
  • the time domain resource of the RO and the time domain resource of the second group of ROs are located in a first time unit in the random access configuration period, and the time domain resource of the first group RO or the time domain resource of the second group of RO is based on Determining a time domain offset of the control channel resource set and/or an index of the first time unit; determining a time domain resource of the group of ROs, the time domain resource of the group of ROs being the time of the first group of ROs Domain resource or time domain resource of the second group of ROs.
  • the RO resource and the downlink resource eg, SSB and/or can be reduced. Or the probability of collision with the RMSI CORESET), which increases the number of ROs that are valid during the PRACH configuration period, and can improve the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following information: first indication information used to indicate a first time unit in the random access configuration period, used to indicate a second indication information of at least one second time unit in the first time unit, the at least one second time unit comprising a first group of second time units and a second group of second time units, wherein the first The time domain resource of the group RO belongs to the first group of second time units, and the time domain resource of the second group of RO belongs to the second group of second time unit, and is used to indicate the first group of second time units.
  • the third indication information of the third time unit number included in each of the second time units of the second group of second time units is used to indicate fourth indication information of the number of ROs in the third time unit, And fifth indication information for indicating a start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit.
  • the random access configuration period is greater than a preset duration threshold
  • the time domain offset of the control channel resource set represents a first common signal block in the common signal block detection window. a duration between a start time domain location of the associated control channel resource set and a start location of the system frame in which the control channel resource set is located; the first indication information used to indicate the first time unit is based on The time domain offset of the set of control channel resources is determined.
  • the first time unit indicated by the first indication information is in the The sequence number corresponding to the location in the random access configuration period is an even number; or, when the time domain offset of the control channel resource set is smaller than the preset offset threshold, the first indication information indicates The sequence number corresponding to the location of the first time unit in the random access configuration period is an odd number.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is determined according to a time domain location of the common signal block.
  • the at least one second time unit indicated by the second indication information is located in the first time unit except for an optional time domain position of the common signal block. Domain location.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is based on an optional time domain location of the common signal block and/or the first time unit The index is determined.
  • the first group of second time units is located in a time domain position other than an optional time domain position of the common signal block in a first half time domain portion of the first time unit.
  • the second set of second time units is located in a time domain location other than the selectable time domain location of the common signal block in the second half of the time domain portion of the first time unit; wherein the processing unit is Determining, according to an index of the first time unit, a time domain resource of the group of ROs, wherein when the index of the first time unit is an even number, the processing unit determines a time domain resource of a group of ROs a time domain resource of the first group of ROs; or a time domain resource of the second group of ROs determined by the processing unit when the index of the first time unit is an odd number .
  • the preset offset threshold is one of 2, 2.5, 5, 7, and 7.5.
  • the fifth indication information used to indicate a start time domain location of the RO in the third time unit is according to the control channel resource set in the third time unit.
  • the time domain location is determined, wherein a start time domain location of the RO in the third time unit is located after a time domain location of a preset one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit; or
  • the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the fifth indication information is a start time domain position of the third time unit or a preset time domain position in the third time unit.
  • the initial time domain position of the RO indicates that the RO occupies the first fourth time unit of the at least one fourth time unit in the third time unit at the third time. a position in the unit; in the case where the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit is located after the time domain position of the last one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit, the third time
  • the value of the sequence number of the fourth time unit corresponding to the start time domain position of the RO in the unit is one of the following three times: the time domain length of the control channel resource set in the third time unit a time domain length of the control channel resource set in the third time unit; and a sequence number of the first fourth time unit of the control channel resource set in the third time unit and the control channel The sum of the time domain lengths of the resource set.
  • the fourth indication information used to indicate the number of ROs in the third time unit is based on a starting time domain location of the RO in the third time unit, and the preamble The size of the time domain resource occupied by the sequence is determined.
  • the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information is less than or equal to a starting time domain location from the RO to the third time unit.
  • the first time unit is a system frame
  • the second time unit is a subframe or 0.25 ms
  • the third time unit is a time slot.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a preamble sequence in the determined time domain resource of the group of ROs.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the preamble sequence to a time domain resource of one or more ROs that do not conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the time domain resources of the one or more ROs in the time domain resources of the set of ROs are located on the non-uplink resources of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration, and the transceiver unit is further configured to: The preamble sequence is sent in the determined time domain resource of a group of ROs.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index, and the processing unit is configured to determine, according to the first configuration index, a time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO corresponding to the first configuration index; determining a time domain resource of the one or more ROs in the time domain resource of the at least one RO and a time domain of the common signal block
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: when the time domain resource of the resource or control channel resource set conflicts, the one or more ROs that are not in conflict with the time domain resource of the common signal block or the time domain resource of the control channel resource set Transmitting, by the time domain resource, the preamble sequence; or, when determining that the time domain resource of the one or more ROs of the at least one RO time domain resource is located on the non-uplink resource of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration, the transceiver unit Also used to transmit a preamble sequence in a time domain
  • the embodiment of the present application by sending a preamble sequence on a conflicting resource when there is a resource conflict, unnecessary useless work can be avoided, and random access failure occurs. Moreover, the embodiment of the present application can improve the success rate of random access by transmitting the preamble sequence when the time domain resource resource of the selected set of ROs does not match the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the terminal device 900 shown in FIG. 9 can implement the various processes involved in the terminal device in the method embodiments of FIGS. 1 through 8.
  • the operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the terminal device 900 are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the detailed description is omitted here.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the network device shown in FIG. 10 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the network device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 includes a processing unit 1010 and a transceiver unit 1020.
  • the processing unit is configured to generate index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send the index indication information to the terminal device, where the index
  • the indication information is used by the terminal device to determine, according to the first configuration index, first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index, where the first configuration information is used to indicate at least one random access preamble opportunity RO
  • the domain resource, the first configuration information is determined according to time domain resources of the common signal block and/or time domain information of the control channel resource set.
  • the RO resource and the downlink resource eg, SSB and/or RMSI CORESET
  • the probability of collision increases the number of ROs that are valid during the PRACH configuration period, which can improve the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following information: first indication information used to indicate a first time unit in a random access configuration period, where the The second indication information of the at least one second time unit of the one time unit is used to indicate the third indication information of the third time unit number included in each of the at least one second time unit And fourth indication information for indicating the number of ROs in the third time unit, and fifth indication information for indicating a start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit.
  • the random access configuration period is greater than a preset duration threshold
  • time domain information of the control channel resource set includes a time domain offset of the control channel resource set, where the control The time domain offset of the channel resource set indicates the start time domain position of the control channel resource set associated with the first common signal block in the common signal block detection window and the start of the system frame in which the control channel resource set is located a duration between the locations; the first indication information used to indicate the first time unit is determined according to a time domain offset of the control channel resource set.
  • the first time unit indicated by the first indication information is in the The sequence number corresponding to the location in the random access configuration period is an even number; or, when the time domain offset of the control channel resource set is smaller than the preset offset threshold, the first indication information indicates The sequence number corresponding to the location of the first time unit in the random access configuration period is an odd number.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is determined according to a time domain location of the common signal block.
  • the at least one second time unit indicated by the second indication information is located in the first time unit except for an optional time domain position of the common signal block. Domain location.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is based on an optional time domain location of the common signal block and/or the first time unit The index is determined.
  • the at least one second time unit includes a first group of second time units and a second group of second time units, where the first group of second time units is located at the first time a time domain location in the first half of the time domain portion of the unit other than the optional time domain location of the common signal block; the second group of second time units being located in the second half of the time domain portion of the first time unit a time domain location outside the optional time domain location of the common signal block; when the index of the first time unit is an even number, the time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO belongs to the second The first group of second time units indicated by the indication information; or, when the index of the first time unit is an odd number, the time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO belongs to the second indication information The second set of second time units indicated.
  • the preset offset threshold is one of 2, 2.5, 5, 7, and 7.5.
  • the time domain information of the control channel resource set includes a time domain location of the control channel resource set in the third time unit, and is used to indicate the third time unit.
  • the fifth indication information of the start time domain location of the RO is determined according to the time domain location of the control channel resource set in the third time unit, wherein the RO in the third time unit starts The start time domain location is located after a time domain location of a preset one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit; or the start time domain of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the fifth indication information
  • the location is a starting time domain location of the third time unit or a preset time domain location in the third time unit.
  • the initial time domain position of the RO indicates that the RO occupies the first fourth time unit of the at least one fourth time unit in the third time unit at the third time. a position in the unit; in the case where the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit is located after the time domain position of the last one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit, the third time
  • the value of the sequence number of the fourth time unit corresponding to the start time domain position of the RO in the unit is one of the following three times: the time domain length of the control channel resource set in the third time unit a time domain length of the control channel resource set in the third time unit; and a sequence number of the first fourth time unit of the control channel resource set in the third time unit and the control channel The sum of the time domain lengths of the resource set.
  • the fourth indication information used to indicate the number of ROs in the third time unit is based on a starting time domain location of the RO in the third time unit, and the preamble The length of the time domain resource occupied by the sequence is determined.
  • the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information is less than or equal to a starting time domain location from the RO to the third time unit.
  • the first time unit is a system frame
  • the second time unit is a subframe or 0.25 ms
  • the third time unit is a time slot.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a preamble sequence sent by the terminal device on a time domain resource of the at least one RO configured by the first configuration information.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the preamble sequence on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that do not conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the time domain resource of the one or more ROs of the at least one RO time domain resource is located on the non-uplink resource of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration, and the transceiver unit is further configured to The preamble sequence sent by the terminal device is received on a time domain resource of the at least one RO configured by the first configuration information.
  • the processing unit is configured to generate index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send index indication information to the terminal device, where The index indication information is used by the terminal device to determine first configuration information corresponding to the first configuration index according to the first configuration index, where the first configuration information is used to indicate a first group of random access preamble opportunities RO a time domain resource or a time domain resource of the second group of ROs, so that the terminal device determines a time domain resource of a group of ROs, and the time domain resource of the group of ROs is a time domain resource of the first group of ROs or The time domain resources of the second group of ROs.
  • the time domain resource of the first group of ROs and the time domain resource of the second group of ROs are located in a first time unit in a random access configuration period, and the time domain resources of the first group of ROs or the second group of ROs
  • the time domain resource is determined according to the time domain offset of the control channel resource set and/or the index of the first time unit.
  • the RO resource and the downlink resource eg, SSB and/or can be reduced. Or the probability of collision with the RMSI CORESET), which increases the number of ROs that are valid during the PRACH configuration period, and can improve the random access efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following information: first indication information used to indicate a first time unit in the random access configuration period, used to indicate a second indication information of at least one second time unit in the first time unit, the at least one second time unit comprising a first group of second time units and a second group of second time units, wherein the first The time domain resource of the group RO belongs to the first group of second time units, and the time domain resource of the second group of RO belongs to the second group of second time unit, and is used to indicate the first group of second time units.
  • the third indication information of the third time unit number included in each of the second time units of the second group of second time units is used to indicate fourth indication information of the number of ROs in the third time unit, And fifth indication information for indicating a start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit.
  • the random access configuration period is greater than a preset duration threshold
  • the time domain offset of the control channel resource set represents a first common signal block in the common signal block detection window. a duration between a start time domain location of the associated control channel resource set and a start location of the system frame in which the control channel resource set is located; the first indication information used to indicate the first time unit is based on The time domain offset of the set of control channel resources is determined.
  • the first time unit indicated by the first indication information is in the The sequence number corresponding to the location in the random access configuration period is an even number; or, when the time domain offset of the control channel resource set is smaller than the preset offset threshold, the first indication information indicates The sequence number corresponding to the location of the first time unit in the random access configuration period is an odd number.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is determined according to a time domain location of the common signal block.
  • the at least one second time unit indicated by the second indication information is located in the first time unit except for an optional time domain position of the common signal block. Domain location.
  • the second indication information used to indicate the at least one second time unit is based on an optional time domain location of the common signal block and/or the first time unit The index is determined.
  • the first group of second time units is located in a time domain position other than an optional time domain position of the common signal block in a first half time domain portion of the first time unit.
  • the second set of second time units are located in a time domain position other than the selectable time domain position of the common signal block in the second half of the first time unit.
  • the preset offset threshold is one of 2, 2.5, 5, 7, and 7.5.
  • the fifth indication information used to indicate a start time domain location of the RO in the third time unit is according to the control channel resource set in the third time unit.
  • the time domain location is determined, wherein a start time domain location of the RO in the third time unit is located after a time domain location of a preset one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit; or
  • the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit indicated by the fifth indication information is a start time domain position of the third time unit or a preset time domain position in the third time unit.
  • the initial time domain position of the RO indicates that the RO occupies the first fourth time unit of the at least one fourth time unit in the third time unit at the third time. a position in the unit; in the case where the start time domain position of the RO in the third time unit is located after the time domain position of the last one of the control channel resource sets in the third time unit, the third time
  • the value of the sequence number of the fourth time unit corresponding to the start time domain position of the RO in the unit is one of the following three times: the time domain length of the control channel resource set in the third time unit a time domain length of the control channel resource set in the third time unit; and a sequence number of the first fourth time unit of the control channel resource set in the third time unit and the control channel The sum of the time domain lengths of the resource set.
  • the fourth indication information used to indicate the number of ROs in the third time unit is based on a starting time domain location of the RO in the third time unit, and the preamble The size of the time domain resource occupied by the sequence is determined.
  • the number of ROs in the third time unit indicated by the fourth indication information is less than or equal to a starting time domain location from the RO to the third time unit.
  • the first time unit is a system frame
  • the second time unit is a subframe or 0.25 ms
  • the third time unit is a time slot.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a preamble sequence of the time domain resource transmission of the determined set of ROs by the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that do not conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the leader sequence is further configured to receive on a time domain resource of one or more ROs that do not conflict with a time domain resource of the common signal block or a time domain resource of the control channel resource set.
  • the time domain resources of the one or more ROs in the time domain resources of the set of ROs determined by the terminal device are located on the non-uplink resources of the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration, and the transceiver unit And a preamble sequence for receiving the time domain resource transmission of the determined set of ROs by the terminal device.
  • the processing unit is configured to generate index indication information, where the index indication information is used to indicate a first configuration index, and the transceiver unit sends the index indication information to a terminal device, Determining, by the terminal device, the time domain resource of the at least one random access preamble opportunity RO corresponding to the first configuration index according to the first configuration index; determining the time domain of the at least one RO When the time domain resource of one or more ROs in the resource conflicts with the time domain resource of the common signal block or the time domain resource of the control channel resource set, the transceiver unit is further configured to not use the time domain resource with the common signal block.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to connect to the time domain resource of the at least one RO configured by the first configuration information.
  • the terminal equipment transmits the preamble sequence.
  • the embodiment of the present application by sending a preamble sequence on a conflicting resource when there is a resource conflict, unnecessary useless work can be avoided, and random access failure occurs. Moreover, the embodiment of the present application can improve the success rate of random access by transmitting the preamble sequence when the time domain resource resource of the selected set of ROs does not match the semi-static uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the network device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 can implement various processes related to the network device in the method embodiments of FIG. 1 to FIG.
  • the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the network device 1000 are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the detailed description is omitted here.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to another embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the terminal device shown in FIG. 11 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the terminal device 1100 includes a processor 1110 and a transceiver 1120.
  • the processor 1110 is connected to the transceiver 1120.
  • the terminal device may further include a memory 1130.
  • the processor 1110 The memory 1130 is coupled to the processor 1110, the transceiver 1120, and the memory 1130 for communicating with each other via an internal connection path to communicate control and/or data signals.
  • the transceiver 1120 can be an antenna or control circuit having a transceiving function, and the transceiver can include a receiver for receiving data and a transmitter for transmitting data.
  • the memory 1130 can be used to store instructions, the processor 1110 is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory 1130, control the transceiver 1120 to receive information or signals, and the controller 1110 can execute the instructions in the memory 1130 to complete the above FIG. 1 to 8 Method embodiments relate to various processes of a terminal device. To avoid repetition, we will not repeat them here.
  • terminal device 1100 may correspond to the terminal device 900 in FIG. 9 described above, and the function of the processing unit 910 in the terminal device 900 may be implemented by the processor 1110, and the function of the transceiver unit 920 may be implemented by the transceiver 1120. In order to avoid repetition, a detailed description is omitted as appropriate herein.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the network device shown in FIG. 12 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the network device 1200 includes a processor 1210 and a transceiver 1220.
  • the processor 1210 is connected to the transceiver 1220.
  • the network device may further include a memory 1230.
  • the processor 1210 Connected to memory 1230, wherein processor 1210, transceiver 1220, and memory 1230 communicate with one another via internal connection paths to communicate control and/or data signals.
  • the transceiver 1220 can be an antenna or control circuit having a transceiving function, and the transceiver can include a receiver for receiving data and a transmitter for transmitting data.
  • the memory 1230 can be used to store instructions, the processor 1210 is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory 1230, control the transceiver 1220 to receive information or signals, and the controller 1210 can execute the instructions in the memory 1230 to complete the above-described FIG. 1 to FIG. 8 Method embodiments relate to various processes of a network device. To avoid repetition, we will not repeat them here.
  • the network device 1200 can correspond to the network device 1000 of FIG. 10 described above.
  • the functions of the processing unit 1010 in the network device 1000 can be implemented by the processor 1210, and the functions of the transceiver unit 1020 can be implemented by the transceiver 1220. In order to avoid repetition, a detailed description is omitted as appropriate herein.
  • the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip having signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the above processor may be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated crucit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or the like. Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous DRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronously connected dynamic random access memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a processing apparatus, including a processor and an interface, and a processor, which is used to perform the communication in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the above processing device may be a chip.
  • the processing device may be a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), may be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or may be a system on chip (SoC). It can be a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), or a microcontroller. Unit, MCU), can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chip.
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on chip
  • CPU central processor unit
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • MCU can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chip.
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer readable medium having stored thereon a computer program, the computer program being executed by a computer to implement the method of any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which is implemented by a computer to implement the method of any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be wired from a website site, computer, server or data center (for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
  • the usable medium can be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a high-density digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (eg, a solid state disk (SSD) ))Wait.
  • a magnetic medium eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium eg, a high-density digital video disc (DVD)
  • DVD high-density digital video disc
  • SSD solid state disk
  • a component can be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and a computing device can be a component.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or execution thread, and the components can be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on signals having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between the local system, the distributed system, and/or the network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • data packets eg, data from two components interacting with another component between the local system, the distributed system, and/or the network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems
  • system and “network” are used interchangeably herein.
  • the term “and/or” in this context is merely an association describing the associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and / or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and both A and B exist, respectively. B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
  • determining B from A does not mean that B is only determined based on A, and that B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of cells is only a logical function division.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. Go to another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, or an electrical, mechanical or other form of connection.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the embodiments of the present application.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another.
  • a storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer.
  • computer readable media may comprise RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage media or other magnetic storage device, or can be used for carrying or storing in the form of an instruction or data structure.
  • Any connection may suitably be a computer readable medium.
  • the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave
  • the coaxial cable , fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are included in the fixing of the associated media.
  • a disk and a disc include a compact disc (CD), a laser disc, a compact disc, a digital versatile disc (DVD), a floppy disc, and a Blu-ray disc, wherein the disc is usually magnetically copied, and the disc is The laser is used to optically replicate the data. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of the computer readable media.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备，该方法包括：终端设备接收索引指示信息，索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；终端设备根据第一配置索引确定第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，第一配置信息用于指示第一组随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源，其中，第一组RO的时域资源和第二组RO的时域资源位于随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元中，第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源是根据该控制信道资源集的时域偏移量和/或第一时间单元的索引确定的；终端设备确定一组RO的时域资源，该一组RO的时域资源为第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源。本申请实施例能够提高终端设备的随机接入效率。

Description

随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备
本申请要求于2018年02月14日提交中国专利局、申请号为201810152230.8、申请名称为“随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，特别涉及一种随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备。
背景技术
第五代(5th Generation，5G)通信系统，例如新空口(New radio，NR)中定义了同步信号/广播信道块(Synchronous Signal/physical broadcast channel(PBCH)block，SSB)。其中，一个SSB占用4个连续的(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)符号，其中SSB包含新空口主同步信号(New radio-primary synchronization signal，NPSS)、新空口窄带辅同步信号(New radio-secondary synchronization signal，NR-SSS)和新空口物理广播信道(New radio-physical broadcast channel，NR-PBCH)。
终端设备要接入网络，需要进行小区搜索和获取小区系统信息。例如，终端设备可以可以通过搜索上述SSB，与小区取得下行同步。之后，终端设备需要获取小区的系统信息(system information)，并通过随机接入过程(random access procedure)与小区建立连接并取得上行同步。具体地，终端设备可以通过在网络设备配置的随机接入时机(physical random access occasion，RO)的资源上发送随机接入前导序列(preamble)发起随机接入。
目前，在NR中，现有协议中仅规定了频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统6GHz以下频段物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel，PRACH)的配置，以及时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)系统6GHz以下频段Preamble长序列的PRACH配置。由于不同频段或不同的系统对应的SSB和剩余最小系统信息(remaining minimum system information，RMSI)的配置存在较大的差异，因此上述6GHz以下频段的配置中的参数设计并不能直接应用于其它频段或者其他系统中的PRACH配置，否则会导致在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目较少，降低终端设备随机接入效率。
因此，如何提高终端设备的随机接入效率，成为亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备，该方法能够提高终端设备的随机接入效率。
第一方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该方法包括：终端设备接收索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示至少一个随机接入前导 时机RO的时域资源，所述第一配置信息是根据控制信道资源集的时域信息确定的。
因此，本申请实施例中通过根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息确定RO时域资源，能够降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，能够提高终端设备随机接入效率。
第二方面，提供了一种通信的方法，包括：网络设备生成索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述第一配置信息是根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息确定的。
因此，本申请实施例中通过根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息确定RO时域资源，能够降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，能够提高终端设备随机接入效率。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，所述第一配置信息包括以下信息中的至少一个：
用于指示随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元的第一指示信息，
用于指示所述第一时间单元中的至少一个第二时间单元的第二指示信息，
用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元中的每个第二时间单元中包含的第三时间单元个数的第三指示信息，
用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息，
以及用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的第五指示信息。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，所述随机接入配置周期大于预设时长阈值，所述控制信道资源集的时域信息包括所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量，所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量表示所述公共信号块检测窗内第一个公共信号块关联的控制信道资源集的起始时域位置与所述控制信道资源集所在的系统帧的起始位置之间的时长；用于指示所述第一时间单元的所述第一指示信息是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量确定的。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量大于或等于预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为偶数；或者，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量小于所述预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为奇数。
因此，本申请实施例根据控制信道资源集的时域偏移量的大小确定RO的时域资源所属的第一时间单元(即系统帧)的位置，能够最大限度地避免与控制信道资源的冲突，提升RO的有效个数，提升随机接入效率。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的时域位置确定的。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，所述第二指示信息指示的所述至少一个第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置。
因此，本申请实施例根据公共信号块的时域位置确定RO的时域资源所属的第二时间单元，能够最大限度地避免与公共信号块的时域位置的冲突，提升RO的有效个数，提升随机接入效率。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的可选时域位置和/或所述第一时间单元的索引确定的。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，所述至少一个第二时间单元包括第一组第二时间单元和第二组第二时间单元，所述第一组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的前半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；所述第二组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的后半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；在所述第一时间单元的索引为偶数时，所述至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源属于所述第二指示信息指示的所述第一组第二时间单元；或者，在所述第一时间单元的索引为奇数时，所述至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源属于所述第二指示信息指示的所述第二组第二时间单元。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，所述预设偏移量阈值为2、2.5、5、7和7.5中的一个。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，所述控制信道资源集的时域信息包括所述控制信道资源集在所述第三时间单元中的时域位置，用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的所述第五指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的时域位置确定的，其中，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后；或者，所述第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置为所述第三时间单元的起始时域位置或者所述第三时间单元中的预设时域位置。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，所述RO的起始时域位置表示RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元在所述第三时间单元中的位置；在所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中最后一个所述控制信道资源集的时域位置之后情况下，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置对应的第四时间单元的序号的取值为以下三者中的一种：所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度；所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度；以及所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的起始第四时间单元的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
因此，本申请实施例根据控制信道资源集的时域位置确定RO的时域资源的位置，能够最大限度地避免与控制信道资源的冲突，提升RO的有效个数，提升随机接入效率。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置，以及所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度确定的。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数，小于或者等于从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度与所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度的比值。
可选地，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，在一种实现方式中，所述第一时间单元为系统帧，所述第二时间单元为子帧或者0.25ms，所述第三时间单元为时隙。
可选地，在第一方面的一种实现方式中，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备在所述第一配置信息配置的所述至少一个RO的时域资源上发送前导序列。
因此，本申请实施例中通过根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息确定RO时域资源，能够降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，能够提高终端设备随机接入效率。
可选地，在第一方面的一种实现方式中，所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上发送所述前导序列。
可选地，所述终端设备在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上接收所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源。
因此，本申请实施例通过在存在资源冲突时，不在冲突的资源上发送前导序列，能够避免不必要的无用工作，避免了随机接入失败的发生。
可选地，在第一方面的一种实现方式中，所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备在所述第一配置信息配置的所述至少一个RO的时域资源上发送前导序列。
因此，本申请实施例通过在选取的一组RO的时域资源道资源与半静态上下行配置不匹配时，仍然发送前导序列，能够提高随机接入的成功率。
可选地，在第二方面的一种实现方式中，所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上接收所述前导序列。
可选地，所述网络设备在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上发送所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源。
可选地，在第二方面的一种实现方式中，所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备在所述第一配置信息配置的所述至少一个RO的时域资源上接收所述终端设备发送的前导序列。
可选地，所述网络设备不接收所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送的除前导序列之外的其他上/下行信号。
第三方面，提供了一种通信的方法，包括：终端设备接收索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示第一组随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源，其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源和第二组RO的时域资源位于随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元中，所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量和/或第一时间单元的索引确定的；所述终端设备确定一组RO的时域资源，所述一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源。
第四方面，提供了一种通信的方法，包括：网络设备生成索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述网络设备向终端设备发送索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示第一组随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源，以便于所述终端设备确定一组RO的时域资源，所述一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源。其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源和第二组RO的时域资源位于随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元中，所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量和/或第一时间单元的索引确定的。
具体而言，网络设备可以首先确定公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息，之后网络设备可以根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息，确定RO的时域资源(也即确定该RO的时域资源对应的配置信息)。然后网络设备可以根据该预存的多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系，确定该RO的时域资源对应的配置索引。最后网络设备通过索引指示信息向终端设备配置该第一配置索引。进而终端设备可以根据该第一配置索引从预存的多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系中确定该第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，进而终端设备可以根据该第一配置信息确定该两组RO的时域资源，并从两组RO的时域资源中选择一组。
因此，本申请实施例中通过根据根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量和/或第一时间单元的索引确定RO时域资源，能够降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，能够提高终端设备随机接入效率。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，所述第一配置信息包括以下信息中的至少一个：用于指示所述随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元的第一指示信息，用于指示所述第一时间单元中的至少一个第二时间单元的第二指示信息，所述至少一个第二时间单元包括第一组第二时间单元和第二组第二时间单元，其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源属于所述第一组第二时间单元，所述第二组RO的时域资源属于所述第二组第二时间单元，用于指示所述第一组第二时间单元和所述第二组第二时间单元中每个第二时间单元包括的第三时间单元个数的第三指示信息，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息，以及用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的第五指示信 息。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，所述随机接入配置周期大于预设时长阈值，所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量表示所述公共信号块检测窗内第一个公共信号块关联的控制信道资源集的起始时域位置与所述控制信道资源集所在的系统帧的起始位置之间的时长；
用于指示所述第一时间单元的所述第一指示信息是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量确定的。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量大于或等于预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为偶数；或者，
在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量小于所述预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为奇数。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的时域位置确定的。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，所述第二指示信息指示的所述至少一个第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的可选时域位置和/或所述第一时间单元的索引确定的。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，所述第一组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的前半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；
所述第二组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的后半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；
其中，所述终端设备确定一组RO的时域资源，包括：
所述终端设备根据所述第一时间单元的索引确定所述一组RO的时域资源，其中，在所述第一时间单元的索引为偶数时，所述终端设备确定的一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源；或者在所述第一时间单元的索引为奇数时，所述终端设备确定的一组RO的时域资源为所述第二组RO的时域资源。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，所述预设偏移量阈值为2、2.5、5、7和7.5中的一个。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的所述第五指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的时域位置确定的，其中，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后；或者，所述第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置为所述第三时间单元的起始时域位置或者所述第三时间单元中的预设时域位置。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，所述RO的起始时域位 置表示RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元在所述第三时间单元中的位置；在所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中最后一个所述控制信道资源集的时域位置之后情况下，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置对应的第四时间单元的序号的取值为以下三者中的一种：
所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度；
所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度；
以及所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的起始第四时间单元的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置，以及所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度大小确定的。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数，小于或者等于从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度与所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度的比值。
可选地，结合上述第三方面或第四方面，在一种实现方式中，所述第一时间单元为系统帧，所述第二时间单元为子帧或者0.25ms，所述第三时间单元为时隙。
可选地，结合上述第三方面，在一种实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
可选地，结合上述第三方面，在一种实现方式中，终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源发送所述前导序列。
可选地，所述终端设备在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上接收所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源。
可选地，结合上述第三方面，在一种实现方式中，终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
可选地，结合上述第四方面，在一种实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备接收所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送的前导序列。
可选地，结合上述第四方面，在一种实现方式中，在终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突时，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上接收所述前导序列。
可选地，所述网络设备在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上发送所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道 资源集的时域资源。
可选地，结合上述第四方面，在一种实现方式中，在终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备在所述一组RO的时域资源上接收所述终端设备发送的前导序列。
可选地，所述网络设备不接收所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送的除前导序列之外的其他上/下行信号。
第五方面，提供了一种通信的方法，其特征在于，包括：终端设备接收索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源；所述终端设备在确定所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与公共信号块的时域资源或控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突时，所述终端设备不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源发送所述前导序列；或者，所述终端设备在确定所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上时，所述终端设备在所述至少一个RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
第六方面，提供了一种通信的方法，包括：网络设备生成索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源；所述网络在确定所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与公共信号块的时域资源或控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突时，所述网络设备不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上接收所述前导序列；或者，所述网络设备在确定所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上时，所述网络设备在所述第一配置信息配置的所述至少一个RO的时域资源上接收所述终端设备发送的前导序列。
因此，本申请实施例通过在存在资源冲突时，不在冲突的资源上发送前导序列，能够避免不必要的无用工作，避免了随机接入失败的发生。并且，本申请实施例通过在选取的一组RO的时域资源道资源与半静态上下行配置不匹配时，仍然发送前导序列，能够提高随机接入的成功率。
第七方面，提供了一种终端设备，所述终端设备包括用于执行第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或第一方面、第三方面、第五方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。
第八方面，提供了一种网络设备，所述网络设备包括用于执行第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或第二方面、第四方面、第六方面任一种可能实现方式中方法的各个模块或单元。
第九方面，提供了一种终端设备，包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该终端设备执行第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或第一方面、第三方面、第五方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十方面，提供了一种网络设备设备，包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该终端设备执行第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或第二方面、第四方面、第六方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十一方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现第一方面至第六方面或第一方面至第六方面中的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十二方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现第一方面至第六方面或第一方面至第六方面中的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十三方面，提供了一种处理装置，包括处理器和接口；
该处理器，用于作为上述第一方面至第六方面或第一方面至第六方面中的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法执行主体来执行这些方法，其中相关的数据交互过程(例如进行或者接收数据传输)是通过上述接口来完成的。在具体实现过程中，上述接口可以进一步通过收发器来完成上述数据交互过程。
应理解，上述十三方面中的处理装置可以是一个芯片，该处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现，当通过硬件实现时，该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等；当通过软件来实现时，该处理器可以是一个通用处理器，通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现，该存储器可以集成在处理器中，可以位于该处理器之外，独立存在。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例可应用的通信系统的场景示意图。
图2是根据本申请一个实施例的SSB和RMSI CORESET复用图样示意图。
图3是根据本申请一个实施例的通信的方法示意性流程图。
图4是根据本申请一个实施例的SSB和RMSI CORESET资源分布示意图。
图5是根据本申请一个实施例的SSB和RMSI CORESET资源分布示意图。
图6是根据本申请一个实施例的一个时隙中的资源配置示意图。
图7是根据本申请另一实施例的通信的方法示意性流程图。
图8是根据本申请另一实施例的通信的方法示意性流程图。
图9是根据本申请一个实施例的终端设备的示意框图。
图10是根据本申请一个实施例的网络设备的示意框图。
图11是根据本申请另一实施例的终端设备的示意框图。
图12是根据本申请另一实施例的网络设备的示意框图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例可应用于各种通信系统，因此，下面的描述不限制于特定通信系统。下一代通信系统，即第五代(5th generation，5G)通信系统，例如，新空口(new radio，NR)系统。
本申请实施例中，网络设备可以是未来5G网络中的网络侧设备，例如，NR系统中 传输点(TRP或TP)、NR系统中的基站(gNB)、NR系统中的射频单元，如远端射频单元、5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板等。不同的网络设备可以位于同一个小区，也可以位于不同的小区，具体的在此不做限定。
在一些部署中，gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和分布式单元(Distributed Unit，DU)。gNB还可以包括射频单元(radio unit，RU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能，DU实现gNB的部分功能，比如，CU实现无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)，分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能，DU实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来，因而，在这种架构下，高层信令，如RRC层信令或PHCP层信令，也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU+RU发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的设备。此外，CU可以划分为接入网RAN中的网络设备，也可以将CU划分为核心网CN中的网络设备，在此不做限制。
本申请实施例中，终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、无人机设备以及未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
本申请实施例可以适应于上述任意通信系统，例如，本申请实施例可以适用于LTE系统以及后续的演进系统如5G等，或其他采用各种无线接入技术的无线通信系统，如采用码分多址，频分多址，时分多址，正交频分多址，单载波频分多址等接入技术的系统，尤其适用于需要信道信息反馈和/或应用二级预编码技术的场景，例如应用大规模阵列天线(Massive Multiple-Input Multiple-Output，Massive MIMO)技术的无线网络、应用分布式天线技术的无线网络等。
应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。
图1是本申请实施例可应用的通信系统的场景示意图。如图1所示，该通信系统100包括网络侧设备102，和多个终端设备(例如终端设备116和终端设备122)，网络设备102可以为终端设备提供通信服务并接入核心网，终端设备通过搜索网络设备发送的同步信号、广播信号等接入网络，从而进行与网络的通信。例如，进行上/下行传输。
具体地，网络侧设备102可包括多个天线组。每个天线组可以包括多个天线，例如，一个天线组可包括天线104和106，另一个天线组可包括天线106和110，附加组可包括天线112和114。图1中对于每个天线组示出了2个天线，然而可对于每个组使用更多或更少的天线。网络侧设备102可附加地包括发射机链和接收机链，本领域普通技术人员可以理解，它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。
网络侧设备102可以与多个终端设备(例如终端设备116和终端设备122)通信。然而，可以理解，网络侧设备102可以与类似于终端设备116或122的任意数目的终端设备通信。
如图1所示，终端设备116与天线112和114通信，其中天线112和114通过前向链路116向终端设备116发送信息，并通过反向链路120从终端设备116接收信息。此外，终端设备122与天线104和106通信，其中天线104和106通过前向链路124向终端设备122发送信息，并通过反向链路126从终端设备122接收信息。
例如，在频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统中，例如，前向链路116可利用与反向链路120所使用的不同频带，前向链路124可利用与反向链路126所使用的不同频带。
再例如，在时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)系统和全双工(full duplex)系统中，前向链路116和反向链路120可使用共同频带，前向链路124和反向链路126可使用共同频带。
被设计用于通信的每组天线和/或区域称为网络侧设备102的扇区。例如，可将天线组设计为与网络侧设备102覆盖区域的扇区中的终端设备通信。在网络侧设备102通过前向链路116和124分别与终端设备116和122进行通信的过程中，网络侧设备102的发射天线可利用波束成形来改善前向链路116和124的信噪比。此外，与网络侧设备通过单个天线向它所有的终端设备发送信号的方式相比，在网络侧设备102利用波束成形向相关覆盖区域中随机分散的终端设备116和122发送信号时，相邻小区中的移动设备会受到较少的干扰。
在给定时间，网络侧设备102、终端设备116或终端设备122可以是无线通信发送装置和/或无线通信接收装置。当发送数据时，无线通信发送装置可对数据进行编码以用于传输。具体地，无线通信发送装置可获取(例如生成、从其它通信装置接收、或在存储器中保存等)要通过信道发送至无线通信接收装置的一定数目的数据比特。这种数据比特可包含在数据的传输块(或多个传输块)中，传输块可被分段以产生多个码块。
此外，该通信系统100可以是公共陆地移动网络PLMN网络或者设备对设备(device to device，D2D)网络或者机器对机器(machine to machine，M2M)网络或者其他网络，图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图，网络中还可以包括其他网络设备，图1中未予以画出。
如前文所述，当终端设备需要接入网络(例如终端设备开机后，或者终端设备与网络设备的连接断开后需要重连接时)，终端设备首先可以通过搜索SSB完成下行同步，然后获取系统消息，随后终端设备可以通过发送随机接入前导序列(preamble)发起随机接入过程(random access procedure)与小区建立连接并取得上行同步。其中，终端设备发送的前导序列占用的资源属于网络设备配置的随机接入时机(RO)的资源。
目前，在NR中，现有协议中仅规定了部分频段和系统(例如，FDD系统)中的PRACH配置，由于不同频段或不同的系统(例如，FDD系统或TDD系统)对应的SSB和RMSI的配置存在较大的差异，因此如果针对其他频段或系统直接简单的套用上述配置，可能会导致RO的资源与下行资源(如，SSB和或RMSI CORESET)碰撞几率大幅提升，导致在RACH配置周期内有效的RO数目较少，降低终端设备随机接入效率。
鉴于上述问题，本申请实施例提出一种通信的方法，能够降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，能够提高终端设备随机接入效率。
换句话说，本申请实施例中配置的RO资源可以尽可能地避开SSB和/或RMSI CORESET资源，进而本申请实施例能够降低资源碰撞几率，能够增加在RACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，提高终端设备随机接入效率。
以下，为了便于理解和说明，作为示例而非限定，以将本申请的通信的方法在通信系统中的执行过程和动作进行说明。
首先，为了使得本申请实施例的方法更容易理解，下面对本申请实施例中涉及的一些概念说明如下。
本申请实施例中，一个SSB占用4个连续的正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，OFDM)符号。SSB检测窗为NR中定义的一个时长为5ms的时间窗，在5ms的SSB检测窗内，最多可以传输L个SSB。对于不同的频段，L的取值如下：
(1)3GHz以下频段，L＝4。
(2)3GHz至6GHz频段，L＝8或16。
(3)6GHz至52.6GHz频段，L＝64。
SSB支持15kHz，30kHz，120kHz以及240kHz子载波间隔。对于不同的子载波间隔，在一个SSB检测窗中，SSB在时域配置的映射图样不同，具体各个映射图样可以参见现有标准中的定义，为了避免重复，此处不再赘述。
由于本申请实施例中配置的RO资源需要尽量避开SSB和/或RMSI CORESET资源，因此，在描述本申请实施例之前，下面首先结合图2描述基于目前NR协议，NR定义的三种SSB和RMSI CORESET复用的图样(pattern)。
如图2所示SSB和RMSI CORESET/PDSCH的配置图样包括三种，即图样1至图样3。图样1为SSB和RMSI CORESET位于不同的时刻，SSB的传输带宽与RMSI CORESET的初始接入下行带宽部分存在部分重叠，也就是说，SSB与RMSI CORESET进行时分传输。图样2为SSB和RMSI CORESET位于不同的时刻，SSB的传输带宽与包含RMSI CORESET的初始接入下行带宽部分不存在重叠部分，也就是说，SSB与RMSI CORESET进行频分传输。图样3为SSB和RMSI CORESET位于相同的时刻，SSB的传输带宽与包含RMSI CORESET的初始接入下行带宽部分不存在重叠部分，这种情况下，SSB与RMSI  CORESET也是进行频分传输。
目前NR中，6GHz以下，SSB和RMSI CORESRET对应的子载波间隔为15kHz或者30kHz。6GHz以上，SSB对应的子载波间隔为120kHz或240kHz，RMSI CORESRET对应的子载波间隔为可以60kHz或120kHz。
NR支持的SSB和RMSI CORESET的子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing，SCS)组合包括：{SSB SCS,RMSI CORESET SCS}＝{15,15},{15,30},{30,15},{30,30},{120,60},{120,120}，{240,60},{240,120}}kHz。
由于图样2和图样3中SSB与RMSI CORESET占用相同的时隙。因此，为了避开SSB与RMSI CORESET，只要RO的时域资源避开两者中的一个即可实现避开SSB与RMSI CORESET。由于图样1中，SSB与RMSI CORESET占用的时域资源位于不同的时刻。因此，为了避开SSB与RMSI CORESET，需要RO的时域资源在时域资源上同时避开两者，因此，针对图样1的配置方案相比于图样2和图样3较为复杂。
下文中，本申请实施例主要描述针对图样1，即在TDD系统下如何配置RO资源的方案。针对图样2和图样3的方案可以参照针对图样1的方案得出，本申请实施例对此不再赘述。
在明确了SSB和RMSI CORESET复用的图样后，本申请实施例需要针对SSB和RMSI CORESET的资源分布情况配置RO资源时域位置，以避开SSB和RMSI CORESET的资源，提高终端设备在该RO资源上发送前导序列的成功率。
下面对NR中的前导序列进行描述。
在NR中，定义了两类随机接入preamble：
第一类，4种长序列，序列长度839，序列格式为0～3；
第二类，9种短序列，序列长度139，序列格式包括A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3,B4,C0,C2。
其中，上述不同类型不同格式的前导序列占用的时域资源大小可能不同。具体的针对各个序列的定义可以参见现有标准中的描述，此处不再赘述。
综上所述可以看出NR支持多种子载波间隔，灵活的TDD半静态上下行配置，灵活繁杂的SSB/RMSI时域配置以及多种随机接入preamble格式。因此，需要对PRACH配置进行全新的设计。
下面结合图3描述本申请实施例具体的PRACH配置的方法。
图3是根据本发明一个实施例的通信的方法示意性流程图。如图3所示的方法可以应用于上述任一通信系统中。图3从系统的角度描述了本申请实施例的通信的方法。具体的，如图3所示的方法300包括：
310，网络设备发送索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引。
具体的，网络设备首先生成索引指示信息，然后，该网络设备向终端设备发送该索引指示信息。相应地，终端设备接收索引指示信息。
例如，网络设备可以通过RMSI发送该索引指示信息，本申请实施例并不限于此。
具体的，该索引指示信息的大小可以为8比特，该索引指示信息指示的第一配置索引可以为多个(例如，小于或者等于256个)配置索引中的一个。
应理解，本申请实施例中，配置索引可以为PRACH配置索引(PRACH Configuration Index)。
在本申请实施例中，该索引指示信息的大小可以与该多个配置索引对应，例如，该多个配置索引为小于或者等于2 n个配置索引，则该索引指示信息的大小可以为n比特，本申请实施例并不限于此。
可选地，网络设备还可以向终端设备发送子载波间隔指示信息，该子载波间隔指示信息的大小可以为1比特，该子载波间隔指示信息用于指示PRACH消息1(preamble)的子载波间隔。其中对于6GHz以下频段，PRACH消息1的子载波间隔可以为15kHz或30kHz；对于6GHz以上频段，PRACH消息1的子载波间隔可以为60kHz或120kHz。
应理解，在实际应用中网络设备可以将该索引指示信息和该子载波间隔指示信息组合在一起通过一个信令一起发送，也可以单独发送，本申请实施例并不限于此。
320，终端设备根据第一配置索引确定第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，其中，该第一配置信息用于指示至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，该第一配置信息是根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息确定的。
换句话说，终端设备可以根据该第一配置索引确定该至少一个RO的时域资源。
应理解，本申请实施例中控制信道资源集的时域信息可以包括控制信道资源集的时域偏移量或者控制信道资源集的时域位置，本申实施例并不限于此。
具体而言，所述终端设备可以根据多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系，确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置索引为所述多个配置索引中的一个，在确定所述第一配置信息后，终端设备可以根据该配置信息确定该至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源。
应理解，本申请实施例中，终端设备和网络设备均预先知道该多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系。换句话说，终端设备和网络设备均预先存储有该多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系。
具体而言，网络设备可以首先确定公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息，之后网络设备可以根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息，确定RO的时域资源(也即确定该RO的时域资源对应的配置信息)。然后网络设备可以根据该预存的多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系，确定该RO的时域资源对应的配置索引。最后网络设备通过索引指示信息向终端设备配置该第一配置索引。进而终端设备可以根据该第一配置索引从预存的多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系中确定该第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，进而终端设备可以根据该第一配置信息确定该至少一个RO的时域资源。
本申请实施例通过根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息确定至少一个RO的时域资源，因此，本申请实施例中配置的RO资源可以最大限度地避开SSB和/或RMSI CORESET资源，降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，提高终端设备随机接入效率。
应理解，本申请实施例中公共信号块可以是SS/PBCH block，控制信道资源(集)可以是RMSI CORESET、OSI CORESET、寻呼(paging)信道的控制信道资源或随机接入响应的控制信道资源等，下文中以控制信道资源为RMSI CORESET为例进行说明，但本申请实施例并不限于此。其中，RMSI CORESET还可以称为CORESET of Type0-PDCCH(the control resource set of the Type0-PDCCH common search space)，其中，CORESET of  Type0-PDCCH的配置信息是在MIB中指示的，可以通过MIB中的指示信息pdcch-ConfigSIB1指示，该指示信息的高4位和低4位联合指示CORESET of Type0-PDCCH的时频资源位置(例如，连续的几个RB以及连续的几个符号)。其中，Type0-PDCCH可以用于SIB1(也可以称为RMSI)调度信息的传输。
具体的，本申请实施例中，如表1所示，配置索引与配置信息之间可以存在如下对应关系：
表1
配置索引 配置信息
0 配置信息0
1 配置信息1
2 配置信息2
… …
由表1可知，配置索引与配置信息之间存在一一对应关系。在实际应用中，终端设备确定了配置索引后，可以查询表1获取该配置索引对应的配置信息，进而可以确定RO的时域资源。
应理解，本申请实施例中每组配置信息可以包括以下信息中的至少一个：
用于指示随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元的第一指示信息，
用于指示所述第一时间单元中的至少一个第二时间单元的第二指示信息，
用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元中的每个第二时间单元中包含的第三时间单元个数的第三指示信息，
用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息，
以及用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的第五指示信息。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一时间单元为系统帧，所述第二时间单元为子帧或者0.25ms，所述第三时间单元为时隙。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述RO的起始时域位置表示RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元在所述第三时间单元中的位置。
应理解，上述的首个第四时间单元也可以为第三时间单元中的至少一个RO中的首个RO占用的首个第四时间单元。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第四时间单元可以为OFDM符号。
本领域的技术人员可以清楚理解，本申请中“第一”、“第二”等各种数字编号仅仅是为了描述方便进行地区分，并不作为对本申请实施例的限定。
应理解，本发明中涉及的时隙(slot)还可以是TTI和/或时间单元和/或子帧和/或迷你时隙等，本申请实施例并不限于此。
具体而言，终端设备根据第一指示信息确定第一时间单元在配置周期中的序号(或者第一时间单元在配置周期中位置对应的序号)，根据第二指示信息确定该第一时间单元(即第一指示信息指示的第一时间单元)中的第二时间单元时域位置或时域序号，并根据第三指示信息确定该第二时间单元中的第三时间单元数目，最后根据第四指示信息和第五指示 信息确定每个第三时间单元中的RO的时域资源，应理解，该第三时间单元中的RO的时域资源可以包括第三时间单元中的RO的起始第四时间单元(例如符号)的序号和RO的个数。
例如，终端设备根据第一指示信息确定一个配置周期内的至少一个RO的时域资源所在的第一时间单元(系统帧)在该配置周期中的序号，根据第二指示信息确定该系统帧中的子帧(1ms)序号(也可以称为当前系统帧内15KHz子载波对应的时隙的索引)或者第几个0.25ms(也可以称为当前系统帧内60KHz子载波对应的时隙的索引)，之后，确定该子帧或者0.25ms内的时隙个数，并确定该时隙内各个时隙的起始符号和各个时隙中RO的个数。
也就是说，至少一个RO的时域资源包括多个时隙中的资源，即多个时隙中的每个时隙中从起始符号开始的连续的多个RO的时域资源。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中名称“配置周期”与“PRACH周期”等同，“符号”与“OFDM符号”等同。
应理解，本申请实施例中该多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系可以是为表格的形式，例如可以为PRACH配置表。可选地，该多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系也可以为一组符号或一串比特数据等，本申请实施例并不限于此。
例如，该PRACH配置表可以为TDD 6GHz以下的preamble短序列配置表或者TDD 6GHz以上的preamble短序列配置表。
下文将结合表2和表3对TDD 6GHz以下的preamble短序列PRACH配置表进行描述。表2和表3相对应，表2和表3均为6GHz以下的preamble短序列PRACH配置表，表2和表3分别对应不同的配置RO的时域资源的方案，具体可以参见下文中的描述。
结合表4和表5对TDD 6GHz以上的preamble短序列PRACH配置表进行详细说明。表4和表5相对应，表4和表5均为6GHz以上的preamble短序列PRACH配置表，表4和表5分别对应不同的配置RO的时域资源的方案，具体可以参见下文中的描述。
表2
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000006
表3
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000011
表4
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000027
表5
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000038
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000039
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000046
应理解，如表2至表5所示，本申请实施例中的配置索引可以为PRACH配置索引(PRACH Configuration Index)，第一指示信息可以为配置周期中的RACH系统帧的序号(对应表中的y，例如，配置周期为4，该第一指示信息即y可以为0、1、2或3)，例如，第一指示信息可以为RACH系统帧号(system frame number，SFN)与配置周期(对应表中的x)的模(mod)的取值，第二指示信息可以为第一指示信息指示的第一时间单元内的子帧号或系统帧中的0.25ms的索引，第三指示信息可以为每个子帧或者0.25ms中包含的PRACH时隙(PRACH slot)个数，第四指示信息可以为PRACH时隙中RO的个数(Number of ROs within a RACH slot)，第五指示信息可以为PRACH时隙中的起始符号(Starting symbol)的序号。
应理解，表2至表5的配置索引对应的配置信息还可以包括preamble的格式(format)，本申请实施例并不限于此。
具体地，在本申请实施例中，PRACH配置序号，可选取值为0～255；随机接入preamble短序列格式可以为A1,A2,A3,B1,B4,A1/B1,A2/B2,A3/B3,C0,C2。配置周期，可选取值为{1,2,4,8,16}，其中，配置周期为1、2、4、8和16对应的配置周期时长为10ms、20ms、40ms、80ms和160ms。PRACH时隙数目：指对于6GHz以下频段，1ms时长粒度内包含的PRACH子帧数目；对于6GHz以上频段，0.25ms时长粒度内包含的PRACH子帧数目，PRACH时隙数目的取值可以为1或2。
由于本申请实施例中网络设备和终端设备预存的PRACH配置表是基于公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息确定的。因此，下面首先结合图4(6GHz以下SSB以及RMSI CORESET可能的时域分布示意图)描述表2和表3对应的配置信息的确定原则，结合图5(6GHz以上SSB以及RMSI CORESET可能的时域分布示意图)描述表4和表5对应的配置信息的确定原则。
图4为2个系统帧中6GHz以下SSB以及RMSI CORESET可能的时域分布示意图。如图4所示，图4中以5ms SSB周期(L＝4或8)为例，展示了子载波间隔为15kHz和30kHz的SSB以及子载波间隔为15kHz和30kHz的RMSI CORESET在两个系统帧(20ms)内的可选时域位置分布情况。由图4可以看出，在系统帧索引为奇数的系统帧内，SSB以及RMSI CORESET的分布较少，因此，本申请实施例中可以在系统帧索引为奇数的系统帧内配置避开SSB以及RMSI CORESET的RO资源。
图5为2个系统帧中6GHz以上SSB以及RMSI CORESET可能的时域分布示意图，如图5所示，图中以5ms SSB周期(L＝64)为例，展示了子载波间隔为120kHz和240kHz的SSB以及子载波间隔为60kHz和120kHz的RMSI CORESET在两个系统帧(20ms)内的可选时域位置分布情况。可以看出，若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量较小时，奇数系统帧的后半部分中RMSI CORESET可选时域位置分布较少。若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量较大时，偶数系统帧的前半部分中RMSI CORESET可选时域位置分布较少。因此，为了尽可能避免RO与SSB及RMSI CORESET时域位置冲突，PRACH配置表设计时可以按照RMSI CORESET时域偏移量，选取随机接入系统帧，例如，若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量较小，例如，小于5ms时，选取系统帧索引为奇数的系统帧，若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量较大，例如，大于5ms时，选取系统帧索引为偶数的系统帧，并在这些系统帧内避开SSB以及RMSI CORESET的RO资源。
基于上述对图4和图5的分析，下面将结合具体的例子分别详细描述PRACH配置表中的各个指示信息的确定原则。
应理解，本申请实施例子中表2至表5可以是按照如下文所描述的原则确定。可选地，表2至表5也可以是采用其他原则确定的，本申请实施例并不限于此。
可选的，表2至表5也可以不是按照下文中描述的原则确定的，即表2至表5可以独立存在，本申请实施例并不限于此。
还应理解，本申请实施例中，表2至表5仅是示例性的，表2至表5仅为本申请实施例中终端设备和网络设备预存的多个配置索引与多个配置信息的一一对应关系的例子。表2至表5的例子仅仅是为了帮助本领域技术人员理解本发明实施例，而非要将本发明实施例限于所例示的具体数值或具体场景。本领域技术人员根据所给出的表2至表5显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化，这样的修改或变化也落入本发明实施例的范围内。
应理解，本申请实施例中，表2至表5中均包括多个配置索引，以及该多个配置索引对应的配置信息。可选的，表2至表5中的每个配置索引及其对应的配置信息可以单独使用，即表2至表5均可以拆分成多个小的表格，本申请实施例并不限于此。
还应理解，本申请实施中，并不对表2至表5中的配置索引及其对应的配置信息的顺序作限定。表2至表5中的各组配置索引及其对应的配置信息的位置可以互相调整或者任意打乱，本申请实施例并不限于此。
还应理解，表2至表5中的配置索引的编号可以从任意数开始，例如，可以从0开始(如表4和表5所示)，也可以不从0开始，例如，可以从71开始(如表2和表3所示)，并且配置索引的编号可以从小到大的顺序排序，也可以按照任意方式排序。只要网络设备和终端设备对配置索引和其指示的配置信息的对应关系理解一致即可，本申请实施例并不限于此。
应理解，上述在表2至表5的第二列中的随机接入前导格式(Preamble format)取值为两个字母组合的形式即为“x/y”的形式时，该“x/y”表示一种具体格式的取值。换句话说，此处“x/y”不是表示格式为x或格式为y，其表示其格式为“x/y”。例如，在表5中配置索引为248，时，其对应的随机接入前导格式为A3/B3。
应理解，本申请实施例中，上述表2至表5中配置索引对应的格式为单一字母表示的形式(例如，A1、A2、A3、B1或B4等)的比例，高于配置索引对应的格式为两个字母组合的形式即“x/y”的形式(例如，A1/B1、A2/B2或A3/B3等)的比例。对于不同的格式，配置的RO的时域资源可以相同，
还应理解，上述表2至表5中针对其中一个格式配置的RO的时域资源也可用于配置其他格式的RO的时域资源，也就是说，对于不同的序列格式，配置的RO的时域资源可以相同，本申请实施例并不限于此。
还应理解，上述表格中的O>＝5，可以替换为O>＝5，O<5可以替换为O<＝5，本申请实施例并不限于此。其中“>＝”表示大于或等于，“<＝”表示小于或等于。
以下，首先描述第一指示信息的确定原则。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述随机接入配置周期大于预设时长阈值，所述控制信道资源集的时域信息包括所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量，所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量表示所述公共信号块检测窗内第一个公共信号块关联的控制信道资源集的起始时域 位置与所述控制信道资源集所在的系统帧的起始位置之间的时长；
用于指示所述第一时间单元的所述第一指示信息是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量确定的。
进一步地，作为另一实施例，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量大于或等于预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为偶数；或者，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量小于所述预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为奇数。
可替代的，在偏移量等于预设阈值预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为奇数。本申请实施例并不限于此。相应地，上述实施例可以变为如下形式：
在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量大于预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为偶数；或者，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量小于或等于所述预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为奇数。
应理解，本文中偏移量可以为具体的时间大小，也可以为表示该时间大小的参数，对应的偏移量阈值可以是具体的偏移量大小，也可以为表示该偏移量大小的参数，本申请实施例并不限于此。
因此，本申请实施例根据控制信道资源集的时域偏移量的大小确定RO的时域资源所属的第一时间单元(即系统帧)的位置，能够最大限度地避免与控制信道资源的冲突，提升RO的有效个数，提升随机接入效率。
例如，针对图5，当PRACH配置周期大于10ms，即PRACH配置周期参数P>1(即10ms)时，RO所在的系统帧序号SFN取决于RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O。若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O大于等于预设阈值的情况下，RO所在的系统帧序号满足SNF mod P＝0。若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O小于预设阈值的情况下，RO所在的系统帧序号满足SNF mod P＝1。可选地，该预设阈值可以为2、2.5、5、7和7.5中的一个，该预设阈值的单位可以为ms。
具体的，终端设备根据第一配置索引可以获取该第一指示信息指示的配置周期中的两个系统帧的序号，终端设备可以根据RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O确定RO资源属于该两个系统帧序中的一个系统帧序号对应的系统帧。
例如，如表4和表5所示，当配置索引为16时，对应的配置周期为2(即20ms)，当RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O≥5(ms)时，第一指示信息指示的系统帧号满足SNF mod P＝0(即SFN为偶数)，当RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O<5时，第一指示信息指示的系统帧号满足SFN mod P＝1(即SFN为奇数)。再例如，如表4和表5所示，当配置索引为56时，对应的配置周期为8(即80ms)，当RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O≥5(ms)时，第一指示信息指示的系统帧在配置周期中的序号可以为0(即SFN为偶数)，对应该配置周期中的第0个系统帧。当RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O<5时，第一指示信息指示的系统帧号可以为1(即SFN为偶数)，对应该配置周期中的第1个系统帧。
应理解，由表4和表5所示，当配置周期为1(即10ms)时，由于配置周期仅包括一 个系统帧，因此，第一指示信息指示的第一时间单元即为该一个系统帧。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述第一时间单元的所述第一指示信息是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域位置确定的。
例如，如表2和表3所示，基于上述对图4的分析，可以得出该第一指示信息指示的系统帧可以为避开控制信道资源集的系统帧。
因此，本申请实施例通过根据控制信道资源集的时域位置，确定RO的时域资源所属的第一时间单元的位置，能够尽可能地避免与控制信道资源集的时域资源的冲突，提升RO的有效个数，提升随机接入效率。
以下，描述第二指示信息的确定原则。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的时域位置确定的。
进一步地，作为另一实施例，所述第二指示信息指示的所述至少一个第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置。
应理解，该第二时间单元的指示信息可以为表2和表3中的倒数第四列中的子帧号(subframe number)，或者，为表4和表5中的倒数第四例中系统帧内子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙(0.25ms)序号。
例如，对于3GHz以下频段，SSB子载波间隔为15kHz时，所述RO所在的系统帧内SSB可选时域位置之外的子帧序号包括{2,3,4,7,8,9}；SSB子载波间隔为30kHz时，所述RO所在的系统帧内SSB可选时域位置之外的子帧序号包括{1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9}。对于3GHz～6GHz频段，SSB子载波间隔为15kHz时，所述RO所在的系统帧内SSB可选时域位置之外的子帧序号包括{4,9}；SSB子载波间隔为30kHz时，所述RO所在的系统帧内SSB可选时域位置之外的子帧序号包括{2,3,4,7,8,9}。
例如，如表2所示，当配置索引为71时，对应的子帧号为9。当配置索引为79时，对应的子帧号为3,4,8,9。
如图5所示，对于6GHz以上频段，SSB子载波间隔为120kHz时，所述RO所在的系统帧内SSB可选时域位置之外的时隙(子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙,即0.25ms)序号包括{4,9,14,19,24,29,34,39}；SSB子载波间隔为240kHz时，所述RO所在的系统帧内SSB可选时域位置之外的时隙(子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙,即0.25ms)序号包括{4，9～19，24，29～39}。
例如，如表4或表5所示，当配置索引为13时，系统帧内子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙为4,9,11,13,15,17,19,24,29,31,33,35,37,39。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的可选时域位置，和/或所述第一时间单元的索引(例如，为SFN)确定的。
进一步地，作为另一实施例，所述至少一个第二时间单元包括第一组第二时间单元和第二组第二时间单元，
所述第一组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的前半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；
所述第二组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的后半时域部分中除所述公共信号 块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；
在所述第一时间单元的索引号为偶数时，所述至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源属于所述第二指示信息指示的所述第一组第二时间单元；或者，
在所述第一时间单元的索引号为奇数时，所述至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源属于所述第二指示信息指示的所述第二组第二时间单元。
具体的，终端设备根据第一配置索引可以确定该第一指示信息指示的两组第二时间单元，终端设备可以根据第一时间单元的索引的奇偶，确定RO资源属于该两组第二时间单元中的一组第二时间单元。
具体而言，RO所在的时隙(子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙,即0.25ms)序号取决于RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O且位于SSB可选时域位置之外的时隙序号。
若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O大于等于预设阈值，RO所在的时隙序号可以包括一个系统帧(偶数序号系统帧)的前半帧中SSB可选时域位置之外的时隙序号。
若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O小于预设阈值，RO所在的时隙序号可以包括一个系统帧(奇数序号)的后半帧中SSB可选时域位置之外的时隙序号。
可选地，预设阀值可以为2,2.5，5，7和7.5中的任意一个，本申请实施例并不限于此。
以预设阀值5为例，若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O>＝5时，对于120kHz子载波间隔SSB，所述RO所在的系统帧内SSB可选时域位置之外的时隙序号(即子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙序号)包括{4，9,14,19}；对于240kHz子载波间隔SSB，所述RO所在的系统帧内SSB可选时域位置之外的时隙序号(即子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙序号)包括{4,9～19}。若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O<5时，对于120kHz子载波间隔SSB，所述RO所在的系统帧内SSB可选时域位置之外的时隙序号(即子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙序号)包括{24,29,34,39}；对于240kHz子载波间隔SSB，所述RO所在的系统帧内SSB可选时域位置之外的时隙序号(即子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙序号)包括{24,29～39}。
例如，如表4和表5所示，当配置索引为0时，对应的系统帧号为0，RO的时域资源对应的系统帧内子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙序号为情况A(即索引号为偶数的系统帧)：9，情况B(即索引号为奇数的系统帧)：39。由于当系统帧号为0，即系统帧的索引号为偶数，满足情况A。因此，配置索引为0时，RO的资源位于系统帧内子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙序号为9中的时隙中。
在例如，当配置索引为16时，RO的时域资源对应的系统帧内子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙序号为情况A(即索引号为偶数的系统帧)：4，9，情况B(即索引号为奇数的系统帧)：29，39。当系统帧号为0，即系统帧的索引号为偶数，满足情况A。因此，配置索引为16时，在确定系统帧号为0时，RO的资源位于系统帧内子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙为4，9中。当系统帧号为1，即系统帧的索引号为奇数，满足情况B。因此，配置索引为16时，在确定系统帧号为1时，RO的资源位于系统帧内子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙序号为29，39的时隙中。
根据上文描述可以得出，若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O大于等于预设阈值，对应索引号为偶数的系统帧，若RMSI CORESET时域偏移量O小于预设阈值，对应索引号为 奇数的系统帧，
因此，可选地，作为另一实施例，在配置周期大于1时，上述基于第一时间单元的索引的奇偶确定第二时间单元，可以表述成基于所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量确定第二时间单元。
具体的，作为另一实施例，在配置周期大于1时，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述SSB的可选时域位置，和所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量确定的。
进一步的，作为另一实施例，所述至少一个第二时间单元包括第一组第二时间单元和第二组第二时间单元，
所述第一组第二时间单元包括处于索引为偶数的所述第一时间单元的前半时域部分中除所述SSB的时域位置之外的时间单元；
所述第二组第二时间单元包括处于索引为奇数的所述第一时间单元的后半时域部分中除所述SSB的时域位置之外的时间单元；
在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量大于或等于预设偏移量阈值时，所述至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源属于所述第二指示信息指示的所述第一组第二时间单元；或者，
在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量小于所述预设偏移量阈值时，所述至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源属于所述第二指示信息指示的所述第二组第二时间单元。
具体地，在配置周期大于1时，将上述情况A可以修改为控制信道资源集偏移量大于或等于预设阈值。将上述情况B可以修改为控制信道资源集偏移量小于预设阈值。
具体的，终端设备根据第一配置索引可以确定获取该第一指示信息指示的两组第二时间单元，终端设备可以根据控制信道资源集偏移量的大小确定RO资源属于该两组第二时间单元中的一组第二时间单元。
例如，如表4和表5所示当配置索引为16时，RO的时域资源对应的系统帧内子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙的序号为情况A(控制信道资源集偏移量大于或等于预设阈值)：4，9，情况B(控制信道资源集偏移量小于预设阈值)：29，39。因此，配置索引为16时，在控制信道资源集偏移量大于或等于预设阈值时，确定配置周期内的系统帧序号为0，此时满足情况A，RO的资源位于系统帧内子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙序号为4，9的时隙中。因此，配置索引为16时，在控制信道资源集偏移量小于预设阈值时，确定配置周期内的系统帧序号为1，此时满足情况B，RO的资源位于系统帧内子载波间隔为60KHz对应的时隙序号为29，39的时隙中。
以下，描述第五指示信息的确定原则。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述控制信道资源集的时域信息包括所述控制信道资源集在所述第三时间单元中的时域位置，用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的所述第五指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的时域位置确定的，其中，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后。
应理解，该预设的一个控制信道资源集可以为第三时间单元中的最后一个控制信道资源集、第一个控制信道资源集合或者第i个控制信道资源集，i为小于或者等于z的整数， z表示第三时间单元中的控制信道资源集的个数，本申请实施例并不限于此。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置为所述第三时间单元的起始时域位置或者所述第三时间单元中的预设时域位置。
进一步的，作为另一实施例，所述RO的起始时域位置表示RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元在所述第三时间单元中的位置，换句话说第五指示信息即为该位置对应的序号。应理解，该第四时间单元可以为OFDM符号。
在所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中最后一个所述控制信道资源集的时域位置之后情况下，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置对应的第四时间单元的序号的取值为以下三者中的一种：
所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度；
所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度；
以及所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的起始第四时间单元的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
例如，假设所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度为l，所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的起始第四时间单元的序号(也可以称为控制信道资源集的符号偏移量)为k。如表3或表5所示，RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元在所述第三时间单元中的位置，可以为l,2l或者k+l。
换句话说，RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元与所述第三时间单元的起始第四时间单元之间的时域长度为l,2l或者k+l。
具体而言，在前文确定第二时间单元时，如果第二时间单元的确定原则为基于控制信道资源集的偏移量和SSB的时域位置的情况下，此时选取的第二时间单元已基本能够避免与SSB和控制信道资源集的冲突。因此，这种情况下，第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置可以为所述第三时间单元的起始时域位置或者所述第三时间单元中的预设时域位置。
例如，如表2和表4所示，第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始符号位置为0。应理解，表2和表4中的第五指示信息指示的起始符号位置为0，但本申请实施例并不限于此，例如，表2和表4中的第五指示信息指示的起始符号位置为可以替换成1、2、3、4、5、6或7等，优选的，可以替换成6或7，本申请实施例并不限于此。
在前文确定第二时间单元时，如果第二时间单元的确定原则为基于SSB的时域位置的情况下，此时选取的第二时间单元虽然能够避免与SSB的冲突，但是难以排除与控制信道资源集的冲突。因此，需要基于控制信道资源集的符号位置确定RO的起始符号位置。因此，这种情况下，第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中最后一个所述控制信道资源集的时域位置之后。
具体而言，在一个RO所在的时隙内，RO的起始符号序号取决于RMSI CORESET时长l以及RMSI CORESET在第三时间单元中的符号偏移量k，RO的起始符号序号可以包括{l,2l,k+l}。RMSI CORESET时长l可以为{1,2,3}个OFDM符号，RMSI CORESET的起始符号序号(即k)可以为7，本申请实施例并不限于此。
以下，描述第四指示信息的确定原则。
可选地，作为一个实施例，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置，以及所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度确定的。
进一步的，作为一个实施例，所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数，小于或者等于从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度与所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度的比值。换句话说，所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数，小于或者等于从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源所能承载的所述前导序列的最大个数。
下面将分别针对上述两种不同的RO的起始时域，分两种情况描述本申请实施例的第四指示信息。
第一种情况：
当所述RO的起始时域位置为l,2l或者k+l，本申请实施例可以用Ns表示该RO的起始时域位置，那么如表3或表5所示，第四指示信息指示的第三时间单元中的RO的个数可以为表2或表4中的最后一列所示。
例如，如表3所示，当配置索引为93时，从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度为14-Ns，其中，14表示一个时隙的总符号数，前导序列的符号长度为2，因此，如表3所示所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数最大为floor[(14-Ns)/2]，其中，floor[]表示向下取整。
应理解，在前导序列的格式为A1、A2或A3时，会存在一个符号的保护间隔，因此，因此，如表3所示从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度为13-Ns。
例如，如表3所示，当配置索引为71时，从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度为13-Ns，前导序列的符号长度为2，因此，如表3所示所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数最大为floor[(13-Ns)/2]。
再例如，如表5所示，当配置索引为119时，从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度为14-Ns，其中，14表示一个时隙的总符号数，前导序列的符号长度为2，因此，如表5所示所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数最大为floor[(14-Ns)/2]。
应理解，在前导序列的格式为A1、A2或A3时，会存在一个符号的保护间隔，因此，因此，如表5所示从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度为13-Ns。
例如，如表5所示，当配置索引为0时，从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度为13-Ns，前导序列的符号长度为2，因此，如表5所示所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数最大为floor[(13-Ns)/2]。
第二种情况：
在第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始符号位置为0或者预设位置时，那么如表2或表4所示，第四指示信息指示的第三时间单元中的RO的个数可以为表2或表4中的最后一列所示。
如表2所示，当配置索引为93时，从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元 的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度为14(14-0)，其中，14表示一个时隙的总符号数，前导序列的符号长度为2，因此，如表2所示所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数最大为7(即14/2)。
应理解，在前导序列的格式为A1、A2或A3时，会存在一个符号的保护间隔，因此，因此，如表3所示从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度可以为13。
例如，如表2所示，当配置索引为71时，从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度为13，前导序列的符号长度为2，因此，如表2所示所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数最大为6(即floor[(13-0)/2])。
再例如，如表4所示，当配置索引为119时，从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度为14，其中，14表示一个时隙的总符号数，前导序列的符号长度为2，因此，如表4所示所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数最大为7。
应理解，在前导序列的格式为A1、A2或A3时，会存在一个符号的保护间隔，因此，因此，如表4所示从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度为13。
例如，如表4所示，当配置索引为0时，从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度为13，前导序列的符号长度为2，因此，如表4所示所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数最大为6。
应理解，本申请实施例中，表2和表3对应，均为TDD 6GHz以下的preamble短序列PRACH配置表。表2和表3的区别在于，表2中的第五指示信息为{l,2l,k+l}中的一个，表3中的第五指示信息为0。相应的表2和表3中的第四指示信息的形式也不相同。
应理解，本申请实施例中，表4和表5对应，均为TDD 6GHz以上的preamble短序列PRACH配置表。表4和表5的区别在于，表4中的第五指示信息为{l,2l,k+l}中的一个，表5中的第五指示信息为0。相应的表4和表5中的第四指示信息的形式也不相同。
可选地，作为一个实施例，图3所示的方法还可以包括：
所述终端设备在所述第一配置信息配置的所述至少一个RO的时域资源上发送前导序列。
具体而言，终端设备获取到索引指示信息后，终端设备可以根据第一配置索引从预存的多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系中确定该第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，进而终端设备可以根据该第一配置信息确定该至少一个RO的时域资源。之后，终端设备可以在该至少一个RO的时域资源上发送前导序列。
具体地，终端设备可以在该至少一个RO的时域资源中的部分或者全部RO的时域资源上发送前导序列，本申请实施例并不限于此。
因此，本申请实施例中通过根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息确定RO时域资源，能够降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，能够提高终端设备随机接入效率。
可替代地，作为另一实施例，所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时 域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上发送所述前导序列。
应理解，本申请实施例中的“冲突”可以表示在TDD系统中，终端设备确定的RO上行资源与公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的下行资源的时域位置重合。
具体而言，虽然本文中上述配置RO的时域资源能够尽量避免与SSB或控制信道资源集的冲突，但还是存在有冲突的可能。本申请实施例中，一旦终端设备在确定所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突时，可以不在有冲突的RO的时域资源上发送前导序列。
因此，本申请实施例通过在存在资源冲突时，不在冲突的资源上发送前导序列，能够避免不必要的无用工作，避免了随机接入失败的发生。
可替代地，作为另一实施例，所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备在所述第一配置信息配置的所述至少一个RO的时域资源上发送前导序列。
具体而言，虽然终端设备确定至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与半静态上下行配置不匹配，这种情况下，终端设备仍然可以在该一个或多个RO的时域资源上发送前导序列。
因此，本申请实施例通过在选取的一组RO的时域资源道资源与半静态上下行配置不匹配时，仍然发送前导序列，能够提高随机接入的成功率。
可替代地，作为另一实施例，所述第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元的半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，图3所示的方法还可以包括：
所述终端设备根据所述第三时间单元的半静态上下行配置更新RO的时域位置，
所述终端设备根据更新后的RO的时域位置发送前导序列。
进一步的，作为另一实施例，所述终端设备根据所述第三时间单元的半静态上下行配置更新RO的时域位置，包括：
所述终端设备将所述第三时间单元的半静态上下行配置中的上行符号的起始位置更新为所述第三时间单元中RO的起始时域位置；
所述终端设备将所述第三时间单元的半静态上下行配置中的上行符号能够承载的RO个数与所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数中的较小个数，更新为所述第三时间单元中的RO个数。
具体而言，在本申请实施例中，UE仅在半静态上行/下行配置中的上行部分中的PRACH时机(RO)内发送随机接入Preamble。所述上行/下行配置中的上行部分包括全半静态上行时隙以及包含上行符号的特殊时隙。当PRACH配置指示的随机接入时机(RO)位于所述特殊时隙内且一个时隙内的总符号数目
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000047
与该特殊时隙内上行符号长度y2的差值大于PRACH配置中指示的RO起始符号序号时，UE在该特殊时隙内发送随机接入Preamble的起始符号序号为一个时隙内的总符号数目与该特殊时隙内上行符号长 度的差值
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000048
相应的，该特殊时隙内可支持的最大RO数目为
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000049
其中L为随机接入preamble的时长，N RO为PRACH配置中指示的RACH时隙中包含的RO数目。若采用随机接入preamble格式B1，随机接入preamble时长L＝2OFDM符号，特殊时隙内上行符号长度y2＝7，PRACH配置中指示的RACH时隙中包含的RO数目N RO＝7。如图6所示，UE在该特殊时隙内发送随机接入Preamble的起始符号序号为
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000050
该特殊时隙内可支持的最大RO数目为
Figure PCTCN2019075023-appb-000051
图3描述了本申请实施例的一种通信的方法。下面结合图7描述本申请实施例的另一通信的方法。
如图7所示的方法700包括：
710，网络设备发送索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引。
相应地，终端设备接收索引指示信息。
具体的，710与310对应，为避免重复，此处不再赘述。
720，所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示第一组随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源，其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源和第二组RO的时域资源位于随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元中，所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量和/或第一时间单元的索引确定的；
例如，终端设备可以根据该第一配置索引确定两组RO的时域资源。
具体而言，所述终端设备可以根据多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系，确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置索引为所述多个配置索引中的一个，在确定所述第一配置信息后，终端设备可以根据该配置信息确定该两组RO的时域资源。
应理解，本申请实施例中，终端设备和网络设备均预先知道该多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系。换句话说，终端设备和网络设备均预先存储有该多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系。
应理解，本申请实施例中该多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系可以为PRACH配置表。
例如，该PRACH配置表可以为TDD 6GHz以上的preamble短序列配置表。例如，如上文中的表4或者表5。
应理解，步骤720与步骤320对应，720与320的区别在于，在320中配置信息可能仅指示一组RO时域资源(例如，对应上文中的表2或表3)，而在720可以指示两组RO的时域资源(例如，对应上文中的表4或表5)。步骤720的具体过程可以参见上文中的描述，为了避免重复，此处适当省略详细描述。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一配置信息包括以下信息中的至少一个：
用于指示所述随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元的第一指示信息，
用于指示所述第一时间单元中的至少一个第二时间单元的第二指示信息，所述至少一个第二时间单元包括第一组第二时间单元和第二组第二时间单元，其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源属于所述第一组第二时间单元，所述第二组RO的时域资源属于所述第二组第二时间单元，
用于指示所述第一组第二时间单元和所述第二组第二时间单元中每个第二时间单元包括的第三时间单元个数的第三指示信息，
用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息，
以及用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的第五指示信息。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述随机接入配置周期大于预设时长阈值，所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量表示所述公共信号块检测窗内第一个公共信号块关联的控制信道资源集的起始时域位置与所述控制信道资源集所在的系统帧的起始位置之间的时长；
用于指示所述第一时间单元的所述第一指示信息是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量确定的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量大于或等于预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为偶数；或者，
在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量小于所述预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为奇数。
可选地，作为一个实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的时域位置确定的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第二指示信息指示的所述至少一个第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的可选时域位置，和/或所述第一时间单元的索引确定的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的前半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；
所述第二组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的后半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；
其中，所述终端设备确定一组RO的时域资源，包括：
所述终端设备根据所述第一时间单元的索引确定所述一组RO的时域资源，其中，在所述第一时间单元的索引为偶数时，所述终端设备确定的一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源；或者在所述第一时间单元的索引为奇数时，所述终端设备确定的一组RO的时域资源为所述第二组RO的时域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述预设偏移量阈值为2、2.5、5、7和7.5中的一个。
可选地，作为一个实施例，用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的所述第五指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的时域位置确定的，其中，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后；或者，所述第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置为所述第三时间单元的起始时域位置或者所述第三时间单元中的预设时域位置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述RO的起始时域位置表示RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元在所述第三时间单元中的位置；
在所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中最后一个所述 控制信道资源集的时域位置之后情况下，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置对应的第四时间单元的序号的取值为以下三者中的一种：
所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度；
所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度；
以及所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的起始第四时间单元的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
可选地，作为一个实施例，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置，以及所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度大小确定的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数，小于或者等于从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度与所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度的比值。
730，所述终端设备确定一组RO的时域资源，所述一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源。
具体而言，网络设备可以首先确定公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息，之后网络设备可以根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息，确定RO的时域资源(也即确定该RO的时域资源对应的配置信息)。然后网络设备可以根据该预存的多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系，确定该RO的时域资源对应的配置索引。最后网络设备通过索引指示信息向终端设备配置该第一配置索引。进而终端设备可以根据该第一配置索引从预存的多个配置索引与多组配置信息的一一对应关系中确定该第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，进而终端设备可以根据该第一配置信息确定该两组RO的时域资源，并从两组RO的时域资源中选择一组。
因此，本申请实施例中通过根据根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量和/或第一时间单元的索引确定RO时域资源，能够降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，能够提高终端设备随机接入效率。
应理解，步骤730中确定的一组RO资源可以对应步骤320中的至少一个RO的时域资源。图7中在确定出一组RO资源后，与图3中在确定出至少一个RO的时域资源的动作类似，此处为了避免重复，适当省略详细描述。
可选地，作为一个实施例，图7所示的方法还可以包括：
所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
可选地，作为一个实施例，终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源发送所述前导序列。
可选地，作为一个实施例，终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
应理解，本申请实施例中在确定出RO资源后，若存在RO资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源的冲突，或者，RO资源与半静态上下行配置不匹配时的处理方式也可以是独立的方案，即这种处理方式可以不承接在图3或图7中确定RO资源的配置方法中，本申请实施例并不限于此。
具体地，作为另一实施例，如图8所示的方法800包括：
810，网络设备发送索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引。
820，终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定至少一个RO的时域资源。
具体地，步骤820中可以采用上文中图3或图7所示的方法确定RO的时域资源，也可以采用其他方式，例如现有标准中的配置确定该RO的时域资源，本申请实施例并不限于此。
830，在终端设备确定存在资源冲突时，终端设备根据冲突情况确定发送或者不发送前导序列。
应理解，本申请实施例中的“冲突”可以表示在TDD系统中，终端设备确定的RO上行资源与公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的下行资源的时域位置重合。或者，表示至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与半静态上下行配置不匹配。
具体地，在830中的描述可以参见上文图3或图7中冲突处理的方式，为避免重复，此处不再赘述。
因此，本申请实施例通过在存在资源冲突时，不在冲突的资源上发送前导序列，能够避免不必要的无用工作，避免了随机接入失败的发生。并且，本申请实施例通过在选取的一组RO的时域资源道资源与半静态上下行配置不匹配时，仍然发送前导序列，能够提高随机接入的成功率。
应理解，上文中图1至图8的例子，仅仅是为了帮助本领域技术人员理解本发明实施例，而非要将本发明实施例限于所例示的具体数值或具体场景。本领域技术人员根据所给出的图1至图8的例子，显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化，这样的修改或变化也落入本发明实施例的范围内。
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
上文中，结合图1至图8详细描述了本发明实施例的通信的的方法，下面结合图9至图12描述本申请实施例的通信设备。具体地，结合图9和图11描述本申请实施例的终端设备，结合图10至图12描述本发明实施例的网络设备。
图9是根据本申请一个实施实施例的终端设备的示意框图。具体地，如图9所示的终端设备可以应用于如图1所示的系统中，执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。
如图9所示的终端设备900包括处理单元910和收发单元920。
在一种实现方式中，所述收发单元用于接收索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述处理单元用于根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述第一配置信息是根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息 确定的。
因此，本申请实施例中通过根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息确定RO时域资源，能够降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，能够提高终端设备随机接入效率。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第一配置信息包括以下信息中的至少一个：用于指示随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元的第一指示信息，用于指示所述第一时间单元中的至少一个第二时间单元的第二指示信息，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元中的每个第二时间单元中包含的第三时间单元个数的第三指示信息，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息，以及用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的第五指示信息。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述随机接入配置周期大于预设时长阈值，所述控制信道资源集的时域信息包括所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量，所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量表示所述公共信号块检测窗内第一个公共信号块关联的控制信道资源集的起始时域位置与所述控制信道资源集所在的系统帧的起始位置之间的时长；用于指示所述第一时间单元的所述第一指示信息是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量大于或等于预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为偶数；或者，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量小于所述预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为奇数。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的时域位置确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第二指示信息指示的所述至少一个第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的可选时域位置和/或所述第一时间单元的索引确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述至少一个第二时间单元包括第一组第二时间单元和第二组第二时间单元，所述第一组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的前半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；所述第二组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的后半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；在所述第一时间单元的索引为偶数时，所述至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源属于所述第二指示信息指示的所述第一组第二时间单元；或者，在所述第一时间单元的索引为奇数时，所述至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源属于所述第二指示信息指示的所述第二组第二时间单元。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述预设偏移量阈值为2、2.5、5、7和7.5中的一个。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述控制信道资源集的时域信息包括所述控制信道资源集在所述第三时间单元中的时域位置，用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的所述第五指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的时域位置确定的， 其中，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后；或者，所述第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置为所述第三时间单元的起始时域位置或者所述第三时间单元中的预设时域位置。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述RO的起始时域位置表示RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元在所述第三时间单元中的位置；在所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中最后一个所述控制信道资源集的时域位置之后情况下，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置对应的第四时间单元的序号的取值为以下三者中的一种：所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度；所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度；以及所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的起始第四时间单元的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置，以及所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数，小于或者等于从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度与所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度的比值。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第一时间单元为系统帧，所述第二时间单元为子帧或者0.25ms，所述第三时间单元为时隙。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述收发单元还用于在所述第一配置信息配置的所述至少一个RO的时域资源上发送前导序列。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突，所述收发单元还用于不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上发送所述前导序列。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述收发单元还用于在所述第一配置信息配置的所述至少一个RO的时域资源上发送前导序列。
可替代的，在另一种实现方式中，收发单元用于接收索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述处理单元用于根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示第一组随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源，其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源和第二组RO的时域资源位于随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元中，所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量和/或第一时间单元的索引确定的；确定一组RO的时域资源，所述一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源。
因此，本申请实施例中通过根据根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量和/或第一时间单元的索引确定RO时域资源，能够降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI  CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，能够提高终端设备随机接入效率。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第一配置信息包括以下信息中的至少一个：用于指示所述随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元的第一指示信息，用于指示所述第一时间单元中的至少一个第二时间单元的第二指示信息，所述至少一个第二时间单元包括第一组第二时间单元和第二组第二时间单元，其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源属于所述第一组第二时间单元，所述第二组RO的时域资源属于所述第二组第二时间单元，用于指示所述第一组第二时间单元和所述第二组第二时间单元中每个第二时间单元包括的第三时间单元个数的第三指示信息，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息，以及用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的第五指示信息。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述随机接入配置周期大于预设时长阈值，所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量表示所述公共信号块检测窗内第一个公共信号块关联的控制信道资源集的起始时域位置与所述控制信道资源集所在的系统帧的起始位置之间的时长；用于指示所述第一时间单元的所述第一指示信息是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量大于或等于预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为偶数；或者，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量小于所述预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为奇数。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的时域位置确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第二指示信息指示的所述至少一个第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的可选时域位置和/或所述第一时间单元的索引确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第一组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的前半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；所述第二组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的后半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；其中，所述处理单元具体用于根据所述第一时间单元的索引确定所述一组RO的时域资源，其中，在所述第一时间单元的索引为偶数时，所述处理单元确定的一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源；或者在所述第一时间单元的索引为奇数时，所述处理单元确定的一组RO的时域资源为所述第二组RO的时域资源。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述预设偏移量阈值为2、2.5、5、7和7.5中的一个。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的所述第五指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的时域位置确定的，其中，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后；或者，所述第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置为所述第三时间单元的起始时域位置或者所述第三时间单元中的预设时 域位置。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述RO的起始时域位置表示RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元在所述第三时间单元中的位置；在所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中最后一个所述控制信道资源集的时域位置之后情况下，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置对应的第四时间单元的序号的取值为以下三者中的一种：所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度；所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度；以及所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的起始第四时间单元的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置，以及所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度大小确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数，小于或者等于从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度与所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度的比值。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第一时间单元为系统帧，所述第二时间单元为子帧或者0.25ms，所述第三时间单元为时隙。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述收发单元还用于在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
可选地，作为另一实施例，在所述一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突，所述收发单元还用于不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源发送所述前导序列。
可选地，作为另一实施例，在所述一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述收发单元还用于在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
可替代的，在另一种实现方式中，所述收发单元用于接收索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述处理单元用于根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源；在确定所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与公共信号块的时域资源或控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突时，所述收发单元还用于不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源发送所述前导序列；或者，在确定所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上时，所述收发单元还用于在所述至少一个RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
因此，本申请实施例通过在存在资源冲突时，不在冲突的资源上发送前导序列，能够避免不必要的无用工作，避免了随机接入失败的发生。并且，本申请实施例通过在选取的一组RO的时域资源道资源与半静态上下行配置不匹配时，仍然发送前导序列，能够提高随机接入的成功率。
应理解，图9所示的终端设备900能够实现图1至图8方法实施例中涉及终端设备的 各个过程。终端设备900中的各个模块的操作和/或功能，分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述，为避免重复，此处适当省略详述描述。
图10是根据本申请一个实施实施例的网络设备的示意框图。具体地，如图10所示的网络设备可以应用于如图1所示的系统中，执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。
如图10所示的网络设备1000包括处理单元1010和收发单元1020。
在一种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于生成索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述收发单元用于向终端设备发送所述索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述第一配置信息是根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息确定的。
因此，本申请实施例中通过根据公共信号块的时域资源和/或控制信道资源集的时域信息确定RO时域资源，能够降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，能够提高终端设备随机接入效率。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第一配置信息包括以下信息中的至少一个：用于指示随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元的第一指示信息，用于指示所述第一时间单元中的至少一个第二时间单元的第二指示信息，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元中的每个第二时间单元中包含的第三时间单元个数的第三指示信息，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息，以及用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的第五指示信息。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述随机接入配置周期大于预设时长阈值，所述控制信道资源集的时域信息包括所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量，所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量表示所述公共信号块检测窗内第一个公共信号块关联的控制信道资源集的起始时域位置与所述控制信道资源集所在的系统帧的起始位置之间的时长；用于指示所述第一时间单元的所述第一指示信息是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量大于或等于预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为偶数；或者，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量小于所述预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为奇数。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的时域位置确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第二指示信息指示的所述至少一个第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的可选时域位置和/或所述第一时间单元的索引确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述至少一个第二时间单元包括第一组第二时间单元和第二组第二时间单元，所述第一组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的前半时域部分中除 所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；所述第二组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的后半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；在所述第一时间单元的索引为偶数时，所述至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源属于所述第二指示信息指示的所述第一组第二时间单元；或者，在所述第一时间单元的索引为奇数时，所述至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源属于所述第二指示信息指示的所述第二组第二时间单元。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述预设偏移量阈值为2、2.5、5、7和7.5中的一个。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述控制信道资源集的时域信息包括所述控制信道资源集在所述第三时间单元中的时域位置，用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的所述第五指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的时域位置确定的，其中，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后；或者，所述第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置为所述第三时间单元的起始时域位置或者所述第三时间单元中的预设时域位置。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述RO的起始时域位置表示RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元在所述第三时间单元中的位置；在所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中最后一个所述控制信道资源集的时域位置之后情况下，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置对应的第四时间单元的序号的取值为以下三者中的一种：所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度；所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度；以及所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的起始第四时间单元的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置，以及所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数，小于或者等于从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度与所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度的比值。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第一时间单元为系统帧，所述第二时间单元为子帧或者0.25ms，所述第三时间单元为时隙。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述收发单元还用于在所述第一配置信息配置的所述至少一个RO的时域资源上接收所述终端设备发送的前导序列。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突，所述收发单元还用于不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上接收所述前导序列。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述收发单元还用于在所述第一配置信息配置的所述至少一个RO的时域资源上接收所述终端设备发送的前导序列。
可替代地，在另一种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于生成索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述收发单元用于向终端设备发送索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示第一组随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源，以便于所述终端设备确定一组RO的时域资源，所述一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源。其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源和第二组RO的时域资源位于随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元中，所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量和/或第一时间单元的索引确定的。
因此，本申请实施例中通过根据根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量和/或第一时间单元的索引确定RO时域资源，能够降低RO资源与下行资源(如，SSB和/或RMSI CORESET)碰撞的几率，提高在PRACH配置周期内有效的RO数目，能够提高终端设备随机接入效率。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第一配置信息包括以下信息中的至少一个：用于指示所述随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元的第一指示信息，用于指示所述第一时间单元中的至少一个第二时间单元的第二指示信息，所述至少一个第二时间单元包括第一组第二时间单元和第二组第二时间单元，其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源属于所述第一组第二时间单元，所述第二组RO的时域资源属于所述第二组第二时间单元，用于指示所述第一组第二时间单元和所述第二组第二时间单元中每个第二时间单元包括的第三时间单元个数的第三指示信息，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息，以及用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的第五指示信息。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述随机接入配置周期大于预设时长阈值，所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量表示所述公共信号块检测窗内第一个公共信号块关联的控制信道资源集的起始时域位置与所述控制信道资源集所在的系统帧的起始位置之间的时长；用于指示所述第一时间单元的所述第一指示信息是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量大于或等于预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为偶数；或者，在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量小于所述预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为奇数。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的时域位置确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第二指示信息指示的所述至少一个第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的可选时域位置和/或所述第一时间单元的索引确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第一组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的前半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；所述第二组第二时间单元位 于所述第一时间单元的后半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述预设偏移量阈值为2、2.5、5、7和7.5中的一个。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的所述第五指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的时域位置确定的，其中，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后；或者，所述第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置为所述第三时间单元的起始时域位置或者所述第三时间单元中的预设时域位置。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述RO的起始时域位置表示RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元在所述第三时间单元中的位置；在所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中最后一个所述控制信道资源集的时域位置之后情况下，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置对应的第四时间单元的序号的取值为以下三者中的一种：所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度；所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度；以及所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的起始第四时间单元的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
可选地，作为另一实施例，用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置，以及所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度大小确定的。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数，小于或者等于从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度与所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度的比值。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述第一时间单元为系统帧，所述第二时间单元为子帧或者0.25ms，所述第三时间单元为时隙。
可选地，作为另一实施例，所述收发单元还用于接收所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送的前导序列。
可选地，作为另一实施例，在终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突时，所述收发单元还用于不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上接收所述前导序列。
可选地，作为另一实施例，在终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述收发单元还用于接收所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送的前导序列。
可替代地，在另一种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于生成索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；所述收发单元向终端设备发送所述索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源；在确定所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与公共信号块的时域资源或控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突时，所述 收发单元还用于不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上接收所述前导序列；或者，在确定所述至少一个RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上时，所述收发单元还用于在所述第一配置信息配置的所述至少一个RO的时域资源上接收所述终端设备发送的前导序列。
因此，本申请实施例通过在存在资源冲突时，不在冲突的资源上发送前导序列，能够避免不必要的无用工作，避免了随机接入失败的发生。并且，本申请实施例通过在选取的一组RO的时域资源道资源与半静态上下行配置不匹配时，仍然发送前导序列，能够提高随机接入的成功率。
应理解，图10所示的网络设备1000能够实现图1至图8方法实施例中涉及网络设备的各个过程。网络设备1000中的各个模块的操作和/或功能，分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述，为避免重复，此处适当省略详述描述。
图11是根据本申请另一实施实施例的终端设备的示意框图。具体地，如图11所示的终端设备可以应用于如图1所示的系统中，执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。
具体地，如图11所示，该终端设备1100包括：处理器1110和收发器1120，其中，处理器1110和收发器1120相连，可选地，该终端设备还可以包括存储器1130，处理器1110和存储器1130相连，其中，处理器1110、收发器1120和存储器1130之间通过内部连接通路互相通信，传递控制和/或数据信号。
该收发器1120可以为具有收发功能的天线或者控制电路，收发器可包括用于接收数据的接收机和用于发送数据的发射机。该存储器1130可以用于存储指令，该处理器1110用于执行该存储器1130存储的指令，控制收发器1120收发送信息或信号，控制器1110在执行存储器1130中的指令能够完成上述图1至图8方法实施例中涉及终端设备的各个过程。为避免重复，此处不再赘述。
应理解，终端设备1100可以与上述图9中的终端设备900相对应，终端设备900中的处理单元910的功能可以由处理器1110实现，收发单元920的功能可以由收发器1120实现。为避免重复，此处适当省略详细描述。
图12是根据本申请另一实施实施例的网络设备的示意框图。具体地，如图12所示的网络设备可以应用于如图1所示的系统中，执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。
具体地，如图12所示，该网络设备1200包括：处理器1210和收发器1220，其中，处理器1210和收发器1220相连，可选地，该网络设备还可以包括存储器1230，处理器1210和存储器1230相连，其中，处理器1210、收发器1220和存储器1230之间通过内部连接通路互相通信，传递控制和/或数据信号。
该收发器1220可以为具有收发功能的天线或者控制电路，收发器可包括用于接收数据的接收机和用于发送数据的发射机。该存储器1230可以用于存储指令，该处理器1210用于执行该存储器1230存储的指令，控制收发器1220收发送信息或信号，控制器1210在执行存储器1230中的指令能够完成上述图1至图8方法实施例中涉及网络设备的各个过程。为避免重复，此处不再赘述。
应理解，网络设备1200可以与上述图10中的网络设备1000相对应，网络设备1000 中的处理单元1010的功能可以由处理器1210实现，收发单元1020的功能可以由收发器1220实现。为避免重复，此处适当省略详细描述。
应注意，本申请实施例中的处理器(例如，图11和图12中的处理器)可以是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated crcuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器(例如，图11和图12中的存储器)可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置，包括处理器和接口；所述处理器，用于执行上述任一方法实施例中的通信的方法。
应理解，上述处理装置可以是一个芯片。例如，该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array，FPGA)，可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，还可以是系统芯片(system on chip，SoC)，还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit，CPU)，还可以是网络处理器(network processor，NP)，还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor，DSP)，还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit，MCU)，还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device，PLD)或其他集成芯片。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的方法。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现 上述任一方法实施例的方法。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行该计算机指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例该的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc，DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。
应理解，本文中涉及的第一、第二、第三、第四以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如，部件可以是但不限于，在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示，在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中，部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外，这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据，例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。
应理解，说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此，在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外，这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
另外，本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
应理解，在本申请实施例中，“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联，根据A可以确定B。但还应理解，根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B，还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及 算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现，为了清楚地说明硬件和软件的可互换性，在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各示例的组成及步骤。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为了描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另外，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，也可以是电的，机械的或其它的形式连接。
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本申请可以用硬件实现，或固件实现，或它们的组合方式来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以将上述功能存储在计算机可读介质中或作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质，其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。以此为例但不限于：计算机可读介质可以包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。此外。任何连接可以适当的成为计算机可读介质。例如，如果软件是使用同轴电缆、光纤光缆、双绞线、数字用户线(DSL)或者诸如红外线、无线电和微波之类的无线技术从网站、服务器或者其他远程源传输的，那么同轴电缆、光纤光缆、双绞线、DSL或者诸如红外线、无线和微波之类的无线技术包括在所属介质的定影中。如本申请所使用的，盘(Disk)和碟(disc)包括压缩光碟(CD)、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟(DVD)、软盘和蓝光光碟，其中盘通常磁性的复制数据，而碟则用激光来光学的复制数据。上面的组合也应当包括在计算机可读介质的保护范围之内。
总之，以上所述仅为本申请技术方案的较佳实施例而已，并非用于限定本申请的保护范围。凡在本申请的精神和原则之内，所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。

Claims (82)

  1. 一种通信的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备接收索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；
    所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示第一组随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源，其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源和第二组RO的时域资源位于随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元中；
    所述终端设备确定一组RO的时域资源，所述一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源。
  2. 一种通信的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备生成索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；
    所述网络设备向终端设备发送索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示第一组随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源，以便于所述终端设备确定一组RO的时域资源，所述一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源；其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源和第二组RO的时域资源位于随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元中。
  3. 一种装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元和收发单元；
    所述收发单元用于接收索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；
    所述处理单元用于根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示第一组随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源，其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源和第二组RO的时域资源位于随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元中；
    所述处理单元用于确定一组RO的时域资源，所述一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源。
  4. 一种装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元和收发单元；
    所述处理单元用于生成索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；
    所述收发单元用于向终端设备发送索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示第一组随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源，以便于所述终端设备确定一组RO的时域资源，所述一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源；其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源和第二组RO的时域资源位于随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元中。
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求3或4所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息包括以下信息中的至少一个：
    用于指示所述随机接入配置周期中的第一时间单元的第一指示信息，
    用于指示所述第一时间单元中的至少一个第二时间单元的第二指示信息，所述至少一个第二时间单元包括第一组第二时间单元和第二组第二时间单元，其中，所述第一组RO的时域资源属于所述第一组第二时间单元，所述第二组RO的时域资源属于所述第二组第二时间单元，
    用于指示所述第一组第二时间单元和所述第二组第二时间单元中每个第二时间单元包括的第三时间单元个数的第三指示信息，
    用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息，
    以及用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的第五指示信息。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求5所述的装置，其特征在于，所述随机接入配置周期大于预设时长阈值，所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量表示所述公共信号块检测窗内第一个公共信号块关联的控制信道资源集的起始时域位置与所述控制信道资源集所在的系统帧的起始位置之间的时长；
    用于指示所述第一时间单元的所述第一指示信息是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量确定的。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求6所述的装置，其特征在于，
    在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量大于或等于预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为偶数；或者，
    在所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量小于所述预设偏移量阈值时，所述第一指示信息指示的所述第一时间单元在所述随机接入配置周期中的位置对应的序号为奇数。
  8. 根据权利要求5至7中任一项所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求5至7中任一所述的装置，其特征在于，
    用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的时域位置确定的。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求8所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述第二指示信息指示的所述至少一个第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置。
  10. 根据权利要求5至7中任一项所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求5至7中任一所述的装置，其特征在于，用于指示所述至少一个第二时间单元的所述第二指示信息是根据所述公共信号块的可选时域位置和/或所述第一时间单元的索引确定的。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求10所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述第一组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的前半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；
    所述第二组第二时间单元位于所述第一时间单元的后半时域部分中除所述公共信号块的可选时域位置之外的时域位置；
    其中，所述终端设备确定一组RO的时域资源，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述第一时间单元的索引确定所述一组RO的时域资源，其中，在所述第一时间单元的索引为偶数时，所述终端设备确定的一组RO的时域资源为所述第一组RO的时域资源；或者在所述第一时间单元的索引为奇数时，所述终端设备确定的一组 RO的时域资源为所述第二组RO的时域资源。
  12. 根据权利要求7或11所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求7或11所述的装置，其特征在于，所述预设偏移量阈值为2、2.5、5、7和7.5中的一个。
  13. 根据权利要求5至12中任一项所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求5至12中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，用于指示所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置的所述第五指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的时域位置确定的，其中，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后；
    或者，
    所述第五指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置为所述第三时间单元的起始时域位置或者所述第三时间单元中的预设时域位置。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求13所述的装置，其特征在于，所述RO的起始时域位置表示RO占用所述第三时间单元中的至少一个第四时间单元中的首个第四时间单元在所述第三时间单元中的位置；
    在所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置位于所述第三时间单元中最后一个所述控制信道资源集的时域位置之后情况下，所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置对应的第四时间单元OFDM符号的序号的取值为以下三者中的一种：
    所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度；
    所述第三时间单元中的所述控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度；
    以及所述第三时间单元中所述控制信道资源集的起始第四时间单元的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
  15. 根据权利要求5至14中任一项所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求5至14中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    用于指示所述第三时间单元中RO个数的第四指示信息是根据所述第三时间单元中的RO的起始时域位置，以及所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度大小确定的。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求15所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述第四指示信息指示的所述第三时间单元中RO个数，小于或者等于从所述RO的起始时域位置至所述第三时间单元的结束时域位置之间的时域资源长度与所述前导序列占用的时域资源长度的比值。
  17. 根据权利要求5至16中任一项所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求5至16中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述第一时间单元为系统帧，
    所述第二时间单元为子帧或者0.25ms，
    所述第三时间单元为时隙。
  18. 根据权利要求1、5至17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
  19. 根据权利要求1、5至17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源发送所述前导序列。
  20. 根据权利要求1、5至17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
  21. 根据权利要求2、5至17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送的前导序列。
  22. 根据权利要求2、5至17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突时，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上接收所述前导序列。
  23. 根据权利要求2、5至17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在终端设备所确定的一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送的前导序列。
  24. 根据权利要求3、5至17中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
  25. 根据权利要求3、5至17中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突时，所述收发单元还用于不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源发送所述前导序列。
  26. 根据权利要求3、5至17中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述收发单元还用于在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
  27. 根据权利要求4至17中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于接收所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送的前导序列。
  28. 根据权利要求4至17中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突时，所述收发单元还用于不在与所述公共信号块的时域资源或所述控制信道资源集的时域资源冲突的一个或多个RO的时域资源上接收所述前导序列。
  29. 根据权利要求4至17中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述一组RO的时域资源中的一个或多个RO的时域资源位于半静态上下行配置的非上行资源上，所述收发单元还用于接收所述终端设备在确定的一组RO的时域资源发送的前导序列。
  30. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求3或4所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一组RO的时域资源或第二组RO的时域资源是根据所述控制信道资源集的时域偏移量和/或第一时间单元的索引确定的。
  31. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备接收索引指示信息；
    所述终端设备根据所述索引指示信息确定第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述时域资源包括所述RO在时隙或子帧中占用的首个OFDM符号，所述首个OFDM符号在所述时隙或所述子帧中的序号为所述时隙或者所述子帧中的控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度，或者，为所述时隙或所述子帧中的控制信道资源集的首个OFDM符号的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
  32. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备生成索引指示信息；
    所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述索引指示信息确定第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述时域资源包括所述RO在时隙或子帧中占用的首个OFDM符号，所述首个OFDM符号在所述时隙或所述子帧中的序号为所述时隙或所述子帧中的控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度，或者，为所述时隙或所述子帧中的所述控制信道资源集的首个OFDM符号的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法，其特征在于，所述首个OFDM符号在所述时隙中的序号为2，6，8或者9。
  34. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法，其特征在于，所述首个OFDM符号位于所述时隙或者所述子帧的起始时域位置。
  35. 根据权利要求31至34中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息是根据控制信道资源集的时域信息确定的。
  36. 根据权利要求31至35中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述首个OFDM符号位于所述时隙或所述子帧中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后。
  37. 根据权利要求31至36中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述首个OFDM符号位于所述时隙或所述子帧中的预设时域位置。
  38. 根据权利要求31、或33至37中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备不在与公共信号块的时域资源冲突的一个或多个所述RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
  39. 根据权利要求32至37中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述网络设备不在与公共信号块的时域资源冲突的一个或多个所述RO的时域资源上接收前导序列。
  40. 根据权利要求31至39中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述索引指示信息是PRACH配置索引。
  41. 根据权利要求31至40中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述时隙是PRACH时隙。
  42. 根据权利要求31至41中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于指示前导序列的格式；或者，系统帧号与随机接入配置周期的模的取值。
  43. 根据权利要求31至42中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述时域资源还包括：所述时隙或者所述子帧的序号，和/或，一个时隙中所述RO的个数。
  44. 根据权利要求31至43中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法适用于6GHz 以上频段。
  45. 根据权利要求31至44中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述控制信道资源集对应的子载波间隔为60kHz或者120kHz。
  46. 根据权利要求31至45中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述时域资源具体包括首个RO在时隙或子帧中占用的首个OFDM符号。
  47. 一种装置，其特征在于，包括：收发器，处理器和存储器，所述存储器
    收发器，用于接收索引指示信息；
    处理器，用于根据所述索引指示信息确定第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述时域资源包括所述RO在时隙或子帧中占用的首个OFDM符号，所述首个OFDM符号在所述时隙或所述子帧中的序号为所述时隙或者所述子帧中的控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度，或者，为所述时隙或所述子帧中的控制信道资源集的首个OFDM符号的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
  48. 一种装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理器，用于生成索引指示信息；
    收发器，用于发送所述索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述索引指示信息确定第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述时域资源包括所述RO在时隙或子帧中占用的首个OFDM符号，所述首个OFDM符号在所述时隙或所述子帧中的序号为所述时隙或所述子帧中的控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度，或者，为所述时隙或所述子帧中的所述控制信道资源集的首个OFDM符号的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
  49. 一种装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于接收索引指示信息；
    处理单元，用于根据所述索引指示信息确定第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述时域资源包括所述RO在时隙或子帧中占用的首个OFDM符号，所述首个OFDM符号在所述时隙或所述子帧中的序号为所述时隙或者所述子帧中的控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度，或者，为所述时隙或所述子帧中的控制信道资源集的首个OFDM符号的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
  50. 一种装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于生成索引指示信息；
    收发单元，用于发送所述索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述索引指示信息确定第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示至少一个随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述时域资源包括所述RO在时隙或子帧中占用的首个OFDM符号，所述首个OFDM符号在所述时隙或所述子帧中的序号为所述时隙或所述子帧中的控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度，或者，为所述时隙或所述子帧中的所述控制信道资源集的首个OFDM符号的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
  51. 根据权利要求47至50中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述首个OFDM符号在所述时隙中的序号为2，6，8或者9。
  52. 根据权利要求47至50中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述首个OFDM符号位于所述时隙或者所述子帧的起始时域位置。
  53. 根据权利要求47至52中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息是根据控制信道资源集的时域信息确定的。
  54. 根据权利要求47至53中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述首个OFDM符号位于所述时隙或所述子帧中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后。
  55. 根据权利要求47至54中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述首个OFDM符号位于所述时隙或所述子帧中的预设时域位置。
  56. 根据权利要求47、49，或51至55中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述终端设备不在与公共信号块的时域资源冲突的一个或多个所述RO的时域资源发送前导序列。
  57. 根据权利要求48、50至55中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述网络设备不在与公共信号块的时域资源冲突的一个或多个所述RO的时域资源上接收前导序列。
  58. 根据权利要求47至57中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述索引指示信息是PRACH配置索引。
  59. 根据权利要求47至58中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述时隙是PRACH时隙。
  60. 根据权利要求47至59中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还用于指示前导序列的格式；或者，系统帧号与随机接入配置周期的模的取值。
  61. 根据权利要求47至60中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述时域资源还包括：所述时隙或者所述子帧的序号，和/或，一个时隙中所述RO的个数。
  62. 根据权利要求47至61中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置适用于6GHz以上频段。
  63. 根据权利要求47至62中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述控制信道资源集对应的子载波间隔为60kHz或者120kHz。
  64. 根据权利要求47至63中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述时域资源具体包括首个RO在时隙或子帧中占用的首个OFDM符号。
  65. 一种通信的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备接收索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；
    所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述第一配置信息是根据控制信道资源集的时域信息确定的。
  66. 一种通信的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备生成索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；
    所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述第一配置信息是根据控制信道资源集的时域信息确定的。
  67. 一种装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元和收发单元；
    所述收发单元用于接收索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；
    所述处理单元用于根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述第一配置信息是根据控制信道资源集的时域信息确定的。
  68. 一种装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元和收发单元；
    所述处理单元用于生成索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于指示第一配置索引；
    所述收发单元用于向终端设备发送所述索引指示信息，所述索引指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第一配置索引确定所述第一配置索引对应的第一配置信息，其中，所述第一配置信息用于指示随机接入前导时机RO的时域资源，所述第一配置信息是根据控制信道资源集的时域信息确定的。
  69. 根据权利要求65或66所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求67或68所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述时域资源包括所述RO的首个OFDM符号在所述时隙中的序号为所述时隙中的控制信道资源集的2倍时域长度。
  70. 根据权利要求65或66所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求67或68所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述RO的首个OFDM符号在所述时隙中的序号为所述时隙中的所述控制信道资源集的首个OFDM符号的序号与所述控制信道资源集的1倍时域长度之和。
  71. 根据权利要求69所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求69所述的装置，其特征在于，所述RO的首个OFDM符号在所述时隙中的序号为2，6或者8。
  72. 根据权利要求70所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求70所述的装置，其特征在于，所述RO的首个OFDM符号在所述时隙中的序号为9。
  73. 根据权利要求65或66所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求67或68所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述RO的首个OFDM符号位于所述时隙中预设的一个控制信道资源集的时域位置之后。
  74. 根据权利要求65或66所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求67或68所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述RO的首个OFDM符号位于所述时隙中的预设时域位置。
  75. 根据权利要求65或66所述的方法，或者，根据权利要求67或68所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述RO的首个OFDM符号位于所述时隙的起始时域位置。
  76. 一种装置，其特征在于，用于执行如权利要求1、2、5至23、31至46、65、66、69至75中任一项所述的方法。
  77. 一种装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器，所述处理器与存储器耦合；
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；
    处理器，用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1、2、5至23、31至46、65、66、69至75中任一项所述的方法。
  78. 一种可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括程序或指令，当所述程序或指令在计算机上运行时，权利要求1、2、5至23、31至46、65、66、69至75中任意一项所述的方法被执行。
  79. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品被计算机执行时，用于实现权利要求1、2、5至23、31至46、65、66、69至75任一项所述的方法。
  80. 一种处理装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和接口，所述处理装置用于执行权利要求1、2、5至23、31至46、65、66、69至75任一项所述的方法。
  81. 一种处理装置，其特征在于，包括存储器，处理器和接口，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序，所述处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行所述计算机程序，使得所述处理装置用于执行权利要求1、2、5至23、31至46、65、66、69至75任一项所述的方法。
  82. 一种系统，其特征在于，包括：
    如权利要求3所述的装置和如权利要求4所述的装置；或，
    如权利要求5至17、24至30中任一项所述的装置；或，
    如权利要求47或49中任一项所述的装置和如权利要求48或50中任一项所述的装置；或，
    如权利要求51至64中任一项所述的装置；或，
    如权利要求67所述的装置和如权利要求68所述的装置；或，
    如权利要求69至75中任一项所述的装置。
PCT/CN2019/075023 2018-02-14 2019-02-14 随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备 WO2019158099A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19754527.0A EP3742848A4 (en) 2018-02-14 2019-02-14 PROCEDURE FOR RESOURCE CONFIGURATION WITH OPTIONAL ACCESS AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE
KR1020207025867A KR102519984B1 (ko) 2018-02-14 2019-02-14 랜덤 액세스 자원 구성 방법 및 통신 디바이스
CA3091093A CA3091093A1 (en) 2018-02-14 2019-02-14 Random access resource configuration method and communications device
US16/992,399 US11546944B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2020-08-13 Random access resource configuration method and communications device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810152230.8 2018-02-14
CN201810152230.8A CN110167164A (zh) 2018-02-14 2018-02-14 随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/992,399 Continuation US11546944B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2020-08-13 Random access resource configuration method and communications device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019158099A1 true WO2019158099A1 (zh) 2019-08-22

Family

ID=67619719

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/075023 WO2019158099A1 (zh) 2018-02-14 2019-02-14 随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US11546944B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3742848A4 (zh)
KR (1) KR102519984B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN110167164A (zh)
CA (1) CA3091093A1 (zh)
WO (1) WO2019158099A1 (zh)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022022592A1 (zh) * 2020-07-31 2022-02-03 维沃移动通信有限公司 确定目标时域位置的方法、装置及通信设备
CN114451059A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2022-05-06 高通股份有限公司 用于全双工中的同步信号和随机接入通信的装置和方法
WO2023065321A1 (en) * 2021-10-22 2023-04-27 Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. Efficient signalling of features combination for random access channel partitioning
CN116097597A (zh) * 2020-08-07 2023-05-09 华为技术有限公司 信息传输方法和通信装置

Families Citing this family (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110167164A (zh) * 2018-02-14 2019-08-23 华为技术有限公司 随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备
JP7213261B2 (ja) * 2018-03-30 2023-01-26 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司 アップリンク制御情報の伝送方法及び装置
CN108781425B (zh) * 2018-06-21 2021-01-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 传输同步信号的方法及装置
WO2020019208A1 (zh) * 2018-07-25 2020-01-30 北京小米移动软件有限公司 消息传输的方法及装置
EP3881621A4 (en) * 2018-11-14 2021-12-15 ZTE Corporation GENERATION OF DIRECT ACCESS SIGNALS WITH CARRIER INFORMATION
US11617198B2 (en) * 2019-02-15 2023-03-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Physical uplink shared channel repetition across slot boundary
CN111757484B (zh) * 2019-03-29 2024-01-02 华为技术有限公司 一种配置信息的方法与装置
US20220361246A1 (en) * 2019-06-20 2022-11-10 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Method and device for determining random access channel occasion (ro)
EP4039012A4 (en) * 2019-10-02 2023-04-26 Qualcomm Incorporated WIRELESS COMMUNICATION USING MULTIPLE TYPES OF RANDOM ACCESS OPPORTUNITIES
US11539486B2 (en) * 2019-11-05 2022-12-27 Qualcomm Incorporated SSB enhancements for fine time-frequency estimation in NR
US11606821B2 (en) 2021-03-03 2023-03-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink transmission indication for RACH occasions
CN115052348A (zh) * 2021-03-09 2022-09-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 随机接入方法、装置、终端及存储介质
CN115442912A (zh) * 2021-06-04 2022-12-06 华为技术有限公司 一种随机接入方法及装置
CN116133146A (zh) * 2021-11-12 2023-05-16 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及通信装置
CN114666919B (zh) * 2022-05-18 2022-08-30 广州世炬网络科技有限公司 随机接入方法、信息广播方法、装置及电子设备
CN117793918A (zh) * 2022-09-27 2024-03-29 荣耀终端有限公司 配置资源的方法及装置
WO2024067872A1 (zh) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 华为技术有限公司 随机接入方法、装置及系统
WO2024087060A1 (zh) * 2022-10-26 2024-05-02 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和通信装置

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104285491A (zh) * 2012-05-11 2015-01-14 黑莓有限公司 用于对无线网络中基于争用的资源进行分区的方法和系统

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BR112015025597A2 (pt) * 2013-04-08 2017-07-18 Huawei Tech Co Ltd método para enviar e receber preâmbulo de acesso aleatório, equipamento de usuário e estação base
KR20160146703A (ko) * 2014-04-24 2016-12-21 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 d2d통신을 위한 동기화 신호 송신 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
CN106304383A (zh) * 2015-05-22 2017-01-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种随机接入的方法、基站以及用户设备
KR20170114911A (ko) * 2016-04-04 2017-10-16 삼성전자주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 피드백 송수신 방법 및 장치
JP2020057822A (ja) * 2017-01-27 2020-04-09 シャープ株式会社 端末装置、基地局装置、および、通信方法
CN108809602B (zh) * 2017-05-05 2022-06-03 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 基站、终端及随机接入前导检测、随机接入信道配置方法
WO2019004694A1 (en) * 2017-06-26 2019-01-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. PREAMBLE GENERATING METHOD, PREAMBLE CONFIGURATION METHOD AND EQUIPMENT THEREOF, DIRECT ACCESS METHOD, DEVICE, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION
CN109729580B (zh) * 2018-01-12 2020-01-03 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及装置
EP3744142A4 (en) * 2018-02-12 2021-01-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMISSION OF UPLINK INFORMATION
CN110167164A (zh) * 2018-02-14 2019-08-23 华为技术有限公司 随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104285491A (zh) * 2012-05-11 2015-01-14 黑莓有限公司 用于对无线网络中基于争用的资源进行分区的方法和系统

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI ET AL.: "Remaining Issues in RACH Procedure", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #91, R1-1719374, 18 November 2017 (2017-11-18), XP051369283 *
See also references of EP3742848A4
ZTE ET AL.: "PRACH Resource Configuration", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #91, R1-1719345, 18 November 2017 (2017-11-18), XP051369274 *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114451059A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2022-05-06 高通股份有限公司 用于全双工中的同步信号和随机接入通信的装置和方法
WO2022022592A1 (zh) * 2020-07-31 2022-02-03 维沃移动通信有限公司 确定目标时域位置的方法、装置及通信设备
CN116097597A (zh) * 2020-08-07 2023-05-09 华为技术有限公司 信息传输方法和通信装置
WO2023065321A1 (en) * 2021-10-22 2023-04-27 Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. Efficient signalling of features combination for random access channel partitioning

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3742848A1 (en) 2020-11-25
US11546944B2 (en) 2023-01-03
KR20200116510A (ko) 2020-10-12
CA3091093A1 (en) 2019-08-22
CN110167164A (zh) 2019-08-23
KR102519984B1 (ko) 2023-04-11
US20210084687A1 (en) 2021-03-18
EP3742848A4 (en) 2021-02-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019158099A1 (zh) 随机接入资源配置的方法和通信设备
US20230063015A1 (en) NON-CODEBOOK BASED MULTI-TRP PUSCH RELIABILITY WITH MULTIPLE ASSOCIATED NZP CSI-RSs
WO2020047922A1 (zh) 配置信息的传输方法和终端设备
WO2018192015A1 (zh) 时频资源传输方向的配置方法和装置
WO2018210243A1 (zh) 一种通信方法和装置
EP3691168A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving srs and communication device therefor
WO2021161272A1 (en) Pusch reliability enhancements with multiple trps
WO2019196689A1 (zh) 通信的方法和通信装置
WO2020199734A1 (zh) 随机接入信号的发送、接收方法和装置、存储介质及电子装置
WO2020025042A1 (zh) 资源配置的方法和终端设备
CN110999170A (zh) 时分双工(tdd)服务时段
JP6740367B2 (ja) システム情報の伝送方法、基地局及び端末
WO2016033956A1 (zh) 循环前缀类型的配置方法及装置
WO2020199000A1 (zh) 随机接入方法以及装置
WO2018036182A1 (zh) 一种数据通信的方法、装置及系统
EP3996415A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving downlink information in wireless communication system supporting internet of things, and apparatus therefor
EP4017094A1 (en) Method for transmitting/receiving downlink information in wireless communication system supporting internet of things, and device therefor
US20230224923A1 (en) ACTIVATION OF TWO OR MORE TCI STATES FOR ONE OR MORE CORESETs
US9491725B2 (en) User equipment and methods for device-to-device communication over an LTE air interface
WO2020052533A1 (zh) 使用免授权频段的通信方法和通信装置
US20220312468A1 (en) Method and apparatus for channel access in communication system supporting unlicensed band
WO2022144833A1 (en) Dci based dl tci state and ul tci state activation
EP4272324A1 (en) Mac ce signaling for downlink and uplink tci state activation
WO2023065365A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2022156436A1 (zh) 一种终端识别方法及设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19754527

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3091093

Country of ref document: CA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019754527

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20200821

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20207025867

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A